00-Introduction en US 1. · 18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai ... and the VOLT logo are...

23380516 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai 1 9/28/2017 10:26:26 AM18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai 1 9/28/2017 10:26:26 AM

Chevrolet VOLT Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-11349113) - 2018 - crc - 10/12/17

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 30

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 99

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 152

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 160

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 325

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 341

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 352

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, VOLT,and the VOLT logo are trademarksand/or service marks of GeneralMotors LLC, its subsidiaries,affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23380516 B Second Printing ©2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger


4 Introduction

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 17Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 19Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 19Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 19Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Automatic Parking

Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage Safety

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 25Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 158.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 149.

IntelliBeam® System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 145.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 106.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 101.

5. Charging Status Indicator. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 215.

Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 147.

6. Infotainment. See theinfotainment manual.

Navigation System (IfEquipped). See theinfotainment manual.

7. Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 153.

Heated Front Seats 0 56 (IfEquipped).

8. Power Outlets 0 103.

USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

Auxiliary Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

9. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit 0 183.

10. Drive MODE Button. SeeDriver Selected OperatingModes 0 177.

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 201 (IfEquipped).

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 189.

11. Hazard Warning Flashers0 148.

12. Electric Parking Brake 0 185.

13. Power Button 0 171.

14. Steering Wheel Controls. Seethe infotainment manual.

15. Volume Switches (Out of View)(If Equipped). See “SteeringWheel Controls” in theinfotainment manual.

16. Horn 0 100.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 100 (Out of View).

18. Regen on Demand Paddle (Outof View). See RegenerativeBraking 0 187.

19. Cruise Control 0 191.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 193(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 100(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 205 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 211(If Equipped).

20. Hood Release. See Hood0 237.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 114.


8 In Brief

22. Instrument Panel Fuse Door.See Instrument Panel FuseBlock 0 266.

23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 145.

24. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 149.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button torelease the key. The key can beused for all locks.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor. Press a second time withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.


In Brief 9

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start0 38.

See Keys 0 30 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 32.

Remote StartUse remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. The engine may start tosupport the climate controloperation. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, pressPOWER O with the brakepedal applied to operate asnormal.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start run time can beextended.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press POWER O with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.

See Remote Start 0 38.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key. The driver door keycylinder is covered with a cap.See Door Locks 0 40.

. Press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation0 32.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down the manual lockknob on the driver door to lockall doors. Push down the manuallock knob on a passenger doorto lock only that door.

. Pull once on the door handle tounlock the door and again toopen the door. Press the powerdoor lock switch to lock orunlock all doors.


10 In Brief

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock.

Q : Press to lock.

See Power Door Locks 0 42.

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, the door can belocked and unlocked by pressingthe door handle button. Whenunlocking from the driver door, thefirst press will unlock only that door;press again within five seconds tounlock all passenger doors. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 32.

Hatch

To open the hatch, press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift after unlocking all doors. SeeHatch 0 44.

Keyless Access : Press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift up when the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of thevehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 32.


In Brief 11

Windows

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 174.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Seat Adjustment

Seat Position

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 54.

Height Adjustment

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

See “Seat Height Adjuster” underSeat Adjustment 0 54.


12 In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 54.

Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats 0 56.

Auto Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing L or M.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use L or M on thecenter stack to turn auto heatedseats off.

See Heated Front Seats 0 56.


In Brief 13

The heated seats can also beprogrammed to come on during aremote start. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 53 and SeatAdjustment 0 54.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 59.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 60.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 61.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84.

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 71.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 113.


14 In Brief

Mirror Adjustment

Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 48.

When the rear window defogger isactivated, the heated mirrors,if equipped, will also come on. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 48.

Folding Mirrors

Mirrors can be folded inward towardthe vehicle to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Interior Mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare of the headlampsfrom behind. See Manual RearviewMirror 0 49.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror willautomatically reduce the glare ofheadlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirror 0 49.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


In Brief 15

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature

and the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

Press the button near each lamp toturn the rear reading lamps onor off.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 149.


16 In Brief

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 145.

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 147.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the vehicle on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 101.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Manual Fan Control Knob

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Recirculation

6. eco Climate Mode Button

7. Temperature Control Knob

8. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

9. MAX Climate Mode Button

10. Power Button

11. Air Delivery Mode Controls

12. Rear Window Defogger

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 153.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.


18 In Brief

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 191 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 193,if equipped.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press o to go back to theprevious menu.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Instrument Cluster 0 106 andDriver Information Center (DIC)0 133.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.


In Brief 19

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 205.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 207.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also provide

a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 211 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 211.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 209 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 209.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC shows a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 201.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.



20 In Brief

Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA mayshow a warning triangle on theinfotainment display and a graphicon the instrument cluster to providethe object distance. In addition,multiple beeps may occur if veryclose to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.

When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 201.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two accessory poweroutlets:

. In the storage area below theclimate control system.

. On the rear of the front consolearmrest.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 174.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 103.

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.


In Brief 21

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

structure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 343.

See Battery - North America 0 253for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 70.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage battery or12-volt battery needs service.

See Battery - North America 0 253.

ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. Plug the vehicle in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately13 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting or19 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately 4.5 hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 123.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clicking


22 In Brief

sounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Charge LimitPreference screen on thecenter stack. See “ChargeLimit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 123.Turn the vehicle off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the rear hatch. Open theleft storage compartment doorand remove the charge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 227. Verify thecharge cord status. SeeCharge Cord 0 220.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and anaudible beep occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 215.

6. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge CordTheft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 137.


In Brief 23

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Charge Cord

See Radio Frequency Statement0 351.

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into aweatherproof electrical outlet.

. Mount the charging cord toreduce strain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or will not holdthe plug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.


24 In Brief

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See Charge Cord 0 220.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the center stack. See“Charge Limit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 123.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

FuelingThe fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.


In Brief 25

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

See Filling the Tank 0 229.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored inthe high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

Regen on Demand

This feature will slow the vehicle byrecapturing energy using thesteering wheel paddle.

See Regenerative Braking 0 187.

Service

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehiclecan be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work 0 236.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel slip. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is powered up.

The Electronic Stability Controlsystem called StabiliTrak assistswith directional control of the vehiclein difficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is on.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g, on the center console

behind the shift lever. iilluminates and a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message may display.


26 In Brief. To turn off both TCS and

StabiliTrak, press and hold g,

until i and g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster aDIC message may display.

. Press and release g to turn onboth systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 189.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 167. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 280.

Fuel

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 228.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.


In Brief 27

The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Select REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC menu.

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. 100% OIL LIFE will bedisplayed when the oil lifesystem is successfully reset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:


2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 242.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The ball indicator should be keptgreen and toward the center of thegauge for efficient operation.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Normal Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode but can reduceefficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure to


28 In Brief

engage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Modereduces electric range and powerbut may be needed to maintainspeed on steep grades.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electriccharge will be depleted. Use HoldMode mainly during highway or highspeed driving to maximize both EVmiles and fuel efficiency.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) provides increasedregenerative braking when theaccelerator pedal is released,reducing brake pedal applicationand regenerating electrical energy.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:

. Fan Only is the most energyefficient climate setting as longas0 is not selected.

. Use eco for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation. This is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. MAX provides the most comfortbut is the least energy efficient.

If equipped, use the heated seatfeature and the heated steeringwheel instead of climate settings.Heating the seat and steering wheeluses less energy than heating thevehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

Engine Assisted Heating,if equipped, can be personalizedwhile plugged in. See “EngineAssist Heat Plugged In” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive and prolong battery life.This is important when outsidetemperatures are extremely hotor cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.


In Brief 29

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, see Fuel0 228.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

As the owner of a new Chevrolet,you are automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program. This

program provides security andconvenience in the event of anon-road failure or emergencysituation. Service is provided24 hours a day, 365 days a year forthe duration of the vehicle’spowertrain warranty.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 345.


30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 43Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

DoorsHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 46Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 47

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 49Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 49Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

There is a key inside the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter thatcan be used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the RKEtransmitter, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

The key has a bar-coded key tagthat the dealer or qualified locksmithcan use to make new keys. Storethis information in a safe place, notin the vehicle.

See your dealer if a replacementkey or an additional key is needed.

If it becomes difficult to turn the keyin a vehicle lock, inspect the keyblade for debris. Periodically cleanwith a brush or pick.

If locked out of the vehicle, callRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345.

With an active OnStar service plan,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 355.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 351.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor or all doors depending on thevehicle personalization. Press asecond time within five seconds tounlock all doors.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

The hazard warning lamps will flashtwice each time K is pressed andthe alarm system will be disarmed.See Vehicle Alarm System 0 46.

For remote operating windows,pressing and holding K will open allof the vehicle's windows. See PowerWindows 0 49. This feature can beenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Q : Press to lock all doors. Thehazard warning lamps will flashonce and the alarm system will bearmed. The turn signal indicatorsmay flash and/or the horn maysound on the second press toindicate locking. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 46.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will unlock if the feature

is enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137..

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds.Press again to cancel the panicalarm.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start0 38.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the hatch without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The



RKE transmitter should be within1 m (3 ft) to lock and unlock thedoors and access the hatch.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

Driver Side Shown, PassengerDoors Similar

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver door

handle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock under either of thefollowing conditions:

. After the lock/unlock button wasused to unlock all doors

. After any vehicle door hasopened and all doors are nowclosed

Passive Locking

The vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 137.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with a



door open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior doorswitch is pressed, or until thevehicle is turned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DICwill display NO REMOTEDETECTED and the horn will chirpthree times.

Keyless Hatch Opening

Press the button on the underside ofthe hatch and lift up to open if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)

and the doors are locked. If thedoors are unlocked, the transmitteris not required to open the hatch.

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 40.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must be in thevehicle.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 40. Insertthe vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 OR 5 etc.



3. Remove the rubber mat in thecenter console storage area.

4. Place the new RKE transmitterinto the transmitter pocket.

5. Press and hold POWER O onthe center stack fortwo seconds. When thetransmitter is programmed, theDIC will show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

7. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. Canadianregulations require that owners seetheir dealer. This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 40. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of the

driver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS STARTBUTTON TO LEARN and thenpress POWER O on the centerstack.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two more times.After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be programmed during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FORREMOTE #1.



4. Remove the rubber mat in thecenter console storage area.

5. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket.

6. Press and hold POWER O fortwo seconds. When thetransmitter is programmed, theDIC will show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

8. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak orthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE when youtry to start the vehicle. TheREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTEKEY message may also bedisplayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area and remove therubber mat.

2. Place the RKE transmitter intothe transmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and POWER O on thecenter stack. See PowerButton 0 171.

Replace the transmitter battery assoon as possible.



Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot. Do not use thekey slot.

4. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

5. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

6. Align the front and backhousing and the release buttonon the side of the transmitter,then snap the transmittertogether.



Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle. Use remote start to heat orcool the interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize the electricrange by utilizing electricity from theelectrical outlet. Normal operation ofthe system will return after thevehicle has been turned on.

/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter.

During remote start:

. The climate control system willtypically default to the lastclimate setting. If the fan is off orif eco and MAX are not selected,the air conditioning or heat willturn on as needed. SeeAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 153.

. If equipped with heated seats,and the vehicle personalizationsetting is enabled, the remotestart auto heated seats may also

come on. See Heated FrontSeats 0 56, and VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

. If equipped the heated steeringwheel may also come on. SeeHeated Steering Wheel 0 100.

. The rear window defogger willturn on during colder outsidetemperatures.

. Selecting1 during colderoutside temperatures beforeshutting the vehicle off will helpwindshield clearing.

. Shutting the vehicle off in ecomode without1 selected willminimize the impact to electricrange. Shutting the vehicle off inother modes will maximizeheating or air conditioning.

. The engine may start to provideenergy for heating and cooling,independent of the vehicle beingplugged in or completelycharged. Engine AssistedHeating operation, if available,can be personalized. See

“Engine Assist Heat Plugged In”under Vehicle Personalization0 137.

. Vehicle range may decrease ifthe vehicle is not plugged intoan electrical outlet. If the vehicleis plugged in, much of theenergy needed to support thisfeature will be provided from theelectrical outlet, not from thehigh voltage battery.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of features thatremotely start the engine. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using the remote startfeature to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 31.



Starting the Vehicle

To heat or cool the passengercompartment using remote start:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

2. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lampsflash, or for at leastfour seconds. Pressing/again during a remote start willturn the feature off.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

While the remote start is active, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press POWER O onthe center stack with the brakepedal applied to operate as normal.

The remote start can be initiatedtwo separate times between driving.For each remote start, thepassenger compartment will beheated or cooled for 10 minutes.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe vehicle is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between vehicleoperation.

The ignition must be turned on andthen off before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle and press and hold/until the parking lamps turn off.


. Press POWER O on the centerstack, with the brake pedalapplied, then press POWER Oagain to turn the vehicle off.

Conditions in Which RemoteStart May Not Work

Conditions in which a remote startwill not occur include:

. An open hood.

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

. Vehicle propulsion system faultconditions, including anemission control systemmalfunction.


40 Keys, Doors, and Windows. High voltage battery fault

conditions.

A second remote start or extensionwill not occur if the fuel level is low.

During a remote start, conditions inwhich a remote start will becanceled include:

. Vehicle propulsion system orhigh voltage battery faultconditions.

. Low engine oil pressure.

. Engine coolant temperature thatis too high.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

opened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 32.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredwith a cap.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down the manual lockknob on the driver door to lockall doors. Push down the manuallock knob on a passenger doorto lock only that door.

. Pull an interior door handle tounlock the door. Pull the doorhandle again to unlatch it.



Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 32.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).



3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.

5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.



When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot is

removed from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Move the shift lever intoP (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters inside

has not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout hasbeen turned on and the vehicle isoff, the driver door is open, andlocking is requested, all the doorswill lock and the driver door willremain unlocked. Push the lockbutton on the door or the RKEtransmitter a second time to lock thedriver door. The Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.



Manual Safety Locks

The safety lock is on the insideedge of the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, pressing thepower door lock switch,or using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.

Doors

Hatch

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven in ExtendedRange Mode with the hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the hatch. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven inExtended Range Mode with thehatch open:

. Do not operate in MountainMode if driving with thehatch open.

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onthe instrument panel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. SeeAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 153.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

To open the hatch, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock all doors. Press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift.

Use the inside pull handle to lowerand close the hatch.

Keyless Access : To open thehatch with the vehicle locked, theRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.Press the touch pad on theunderside of the hatch and lift up.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 32.

Always close the hatch beforedriving. Do not press the touch padwhile closing the hatch; it willunlatch again.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior door switch.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthere is an attempt to remove thecharge cord, or if a passenger door,the hatch, or the hood is opened,without first disarming the system.When the alarm is activated, theturn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

The charge cord theft alert featuremay be disabled through the vehiclepersonalization. See “Charge CordTheft Alert” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system, or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have exited.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.



How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 351.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system. The systemdoes not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with a valid RKE transmitter

in the vehicle. The RKE transmitteruses electronic coding that matchesan immobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only a correcttransmitter can be used to turn thevehicle on.

The security light comes on if thereis a problem with arming ordisarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

This light may come on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on. There is aproblem if the engine does not startand this light stays on.

Turn the ignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe RKE transmitter appearsundamaged, try the other RKEtransmitter for the vehicle, or placethe RKE transmitter in the

transmitter pocket. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 32. It may be necessaryto check the fuse. See ElectricalSystem Overload 0 261. If thevehicle does start, the firsttransmitter is bad. If the vehicle stilldoes not start, the vehicle needsservice. See your dealer.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates the vehicletheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through an

automatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors,if equipped.

K : Press to heat the outsiderearview mirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 153.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 30.



Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 174.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rearpassenger windows from working.

. PressZ to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. PressZ again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversal

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows thewindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.


52 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 54Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 63Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 66When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Passenger Sensing System . . . 71Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 76Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Infants and Young Children . . . . 79Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 81Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 83Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 84Replacing LATCH System Parts

After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92


Seats and Restraints 53

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button on the side of thehead restraint and pull up or pushthe head restraint down and releasethe button.

Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.



The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The rear outboard head restraintsare not removable.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.



Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

Auto Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing L or M on the centerstack.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use L or M on thecenter stack to turn auto heatedseats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

During a remote start, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically. When it is coldoutside, the heated seats will turn



on followed by the heated steeringwheel, if equipped. If the vehicle hasauto heated seats, the seat heatinglevel will automatically change tothe level required by the vehicle'sinterior temperature when thevehicle is turned on.

The indicator lights on the heatedseat buttons do not turn on during aremote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seats feature is enabled invehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To fold the seatback down:

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

1. Pull the seatback release leverto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the lever raiseswhen the seatback is unlocked.



2. Fold the seatback forward.

Raising the Seatback

Caution

Damage to the seat belt orseatback locking mechanism canoccur if the seat belt is caughtbetween the rear seatback andthe seatback locking mechanism.The seat belt must be out of theway when the rear seat is raisedto the upright, locked position.If the seat belt is damaged, seeyour dealer and have it replaced.

To raise the seatback:

1. The seat belt should not crossthe seatback lockingmechanism when raising theseatback.

2. Raise the seatback and push itrearward to lock it into place.

A tab near the seatbackrelease lever retracts when theseatback is locked.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

Keep the seat in the upright, lockedposition when not in use.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated FrontSeats 0 56.



If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press M or L to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seatcushion.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 112.

Why Seat Belts Work



When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout seat belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 77 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 79. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,



this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.



If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate to flatto unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 63.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner



activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they need to be replaced, and othernew parts for the vehicle's seat beltsystem may be required. SeeReplacing Seat Belt System Partsafter a Crash 0 64.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep a



seat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn or frayed seat beltsmay not protect you in a crash.They can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed,have it replaced immediately.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 112.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 64.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

working properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 113.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 68.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 77 orInfants and Young Children 0 79.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 113.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe seatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 65.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbag

system’s deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what you hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and



whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.

A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills the

airbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 66.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk of



full or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 68.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 353 and Event DataRecorders 0 353.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 113.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.



The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.



When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind youthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 113.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who has

outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 113 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present

in a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 92 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 90.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make



sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 53.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat. Never put arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the onindicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seat

covers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers. Also, removelaptops, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should not

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

ride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment to

the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 113 for importantsafety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.



Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 351.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, seat belts,airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, inner door seals including thespeakers, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. The

passenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 71.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 287 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbag



system will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 343.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 113.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 113.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.



The manufacturer’s instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder

belt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, they

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

can be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearing

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by



appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.



For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 77.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.



When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST

availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 71 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Do not install achild restraint in the rear centerseating position if it cannot beinstalled securely.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint system and secure thechild restraint system properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,



this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 92or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 90.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 92or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 90.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the top tetheranchor.



Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for outboardrear seating positions are on theback of the rear seatback. Be sureto use an anchor on the same sideof the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seating

position. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 83 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle's seatbelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's seat belts. Insteaduse the vehicle's anchors and childrestraint attachments to secure therestraints. Some restraints also useanother vehicle anchor to secure atop tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desired

seating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraintinterferes with the properinstallation of the childrestraint, adjust the headrestraint upward.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,



if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchoron the back of the rearseatback.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the rear outboardseating position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you

are using a dual tether,route the tether aroundthe head restraint.

If the rear outboardseating position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side and



back and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 83.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 71 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 113 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 71 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 113.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


96 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 96Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 97

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

Rear Storage

There is storage in the rear. Turnthe handle horizontal to open.


Storage 97

Center Console Storage

There is storage under the armrest.Press the button and lift to access.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

There is a cover for the rear cargoarea. Use the four cargo coverloops to hook the cover to the sidepanels.


98 Storage

Cargo Tie-Downs

Four cargo tie-downs are located inthe rear compartment of the vehicle.The tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads.


Instruments and Controls 99

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 100Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 100Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 100Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . 100Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 101Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Battery Gauge (High

Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . 111Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . 112

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 112Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 113Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Charging System Light (12-Volt

Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 114Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 118Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 119Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 119Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Engine Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 120Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 120

Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 121Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . 121High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 122Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 122Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Information DisplaysPower Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Programmable Charging . . . . . . 123Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . 132Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Propulsion Power

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 137

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 137


100 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

If equipped with an auto heatedsteering wheel, the heated steeringwheel will turn on automatically inremote start along with the heatedseats when it is cold outside. Theheated steering wheel indicator lightmay not come on. See Heated FrontSeats 0 56.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Pedestrian Safety SignalThe vehicle is equipped withautomatic sound generation.

The automatic sound is generatedto indicate the vehicle presence topedestrians. The sound changes ifthe vehicle is speeding up orslowing down. It is activated whenthe vehicle is shifted into a forwardgear or R (Reverse), up to 30 km/h(19 mph).



Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the vehicle on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 256.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 261.

Wiper Parking

If the vehicle is turned to off whilethe wipers are on LO, HI, or INT,they will immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the vehicle is turned to off whilethe wipers are performing wipes dueto windshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how long



the windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 250for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in an

open area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

Clock

Setting the Time and Date

To set the time:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch«orª to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Touch S to go back to theprevious menu.

Autoset requires an active OnStarservice plan.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:


2. Touch Set Date, then touch«orª to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, thentouch Off or On to turn theclock display off or on.




Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two accessory poweroutlets:

. In the storage area below theclimate control system.

. On the rear of the front consolearmrest.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 174.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 232.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pocket inside the armrestof the center console. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatible mobiledevice. The power output of thesystem is capable of charging at arate up to 1 amp (5W), as requestedby the compatible mobile device.See Radio Frequency Statement0 351.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., seemy.chevrolet.com/learn.

. In Canada, seegmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 174.



The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour mobile phone. Objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, paper clips,or cards, between the mobilephone and the charger willbecome very hot. On the rareoccasion that the charging systemdoes not detect an object, and theobject gets wedged between themobile phone and the charger,remove the mobile phone andallow the object to cool beforeremoving it from the chargingpocket, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects between the mobiledevice and the chargingpocket.

2. With the mobile device screenfacing the rear of the vehicle,slowly insert the device into thecharging pocket until}appears on the infotainmentdisplay screen. This indicatesthat the mobile device isproperly positioned andcharging. If a mobile device is

inserted into the pocket and}does not display, remove themobile device from the pocket,turn it 180 degrees, and waitthree seconds before insertingthe mobile device into thepocket again.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (such



as the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote products

derived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)

ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the propulsion system isstarted to indicate they are working.When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,

and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened before starting the vehicle.

The CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display to indicatethat a charging override orinterruption has occurred due to oneor more of the following events:

. Override of the charge settingsby the owner using OnStar.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company using OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner.



English Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom: Classic, Modern, ClassicEnhanced, or Modern Enhanced.

Classic and Modern

Classic Enhanced

Modern Enhanced

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Usew orx to scroll throughthe list until Display Layout ishighlighted. Then press V toselect it.

3. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlight

the selection. Press V to selectthe desired clusterconfiguration.

4. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing o.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.



Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. View the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 133.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Display Layout. See“Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster” earlier in this section.

. Options

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press p to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music or change theaudio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press p to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press p to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Press p to enter the Options menu.

Usew orx to scroll through theitems in the Options menu

Units : Press V while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose US, Metric, or Imperial unitsby pressing V while the desired

item is highlighted. A checkmark willbe displayed next to theselected item.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press V when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressw orx to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Tutorial : Press V while Tutorial ishighlighted to view the tutorials thatexplain some of the features of theinstrument cluster. The tutorials areonly available when the vehicle is inP (Park).

Open Source Software : Press Vwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

This gauge shows the high voltagebattery charge level.

The arrow next to the batterysymbol points to the side of thevehicle the charge port is on.

See Electric Mode 0 176.

Fuel Gauge

When the power button is on, thefuel gauge indicates about howmuch fuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.



Here are some things that ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the vehicle isturned on, and goes back toempty when the vehicle isturned off.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

This gauge appears on the left sideof the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration.

This gauge is a guide for efficientdriving. Keep the ball green and inthe center of the gauge to helpmaximize EV range and fueleconomy.

See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency 0 27.

accel : If the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge, acceleration is tooaggressive to optimize efficiency.

brake : If the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge, braking is too aggressive tooptimize efficiency.

In the Modern displayconfigurations, the light ring in thecenter of the display acts as anefficiency gauge. It is green whendriving efficiently and turns yellowwhen acceleration or braking is tooaggressive.



Power Indicator Gauge

Battery Power Shown

The power gauge is on the rightside of the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration and on bothsides in the Modern Enhancedconfiguration.

The power gauge shows the powercoming from the engine and/orbattery. When the power indicator isgreen, battery power is beingregenerated. When the indicator isyellow, the vehicle is using power.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 71.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat



such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 65.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 71 for important

safety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is in theoverhead console.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag are allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF is lit on the airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system has



turned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 113 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started,as a check to show the light isworking.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the vehicle is inService Mode. See Power Button0 171.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.



Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,electric drive unit, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 236.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 229. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 228.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).



The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 232. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the vehicle is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving

before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.



Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

If this light comes on and stays on,there is a problem with a system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 185.A message may also display in theDriver Information Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

If the ABS warning light stays onlonger than a few seconds after thevehicle is started, or comes on andstays on while driving, try resettingthe system. To reset the system:

1. While driving, pull over when itis safe to do so.

2. Place the vehicle in P (Park).


4. Restart the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light remains onafter resetting the system or comeson again while driving, the vehicle



needs service. If the ABS warninglight is on, but the regular brakesystem warning light is not on, theantilock brakes are not workingproperly, but the regular brakes arestill functioning. Have the vehicleserviced right away. If both brakelights are on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes, and there is aproblem with the regular brakes aswell. Have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing the Vehicle0 311.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected. See “Sport Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modes0 177 for more information.

Mountain Mode Light

This light comes on when MountainMode is selected. See “MountainMode” in Driver Selected OperatingModes 0 177 for more information.

Hold Mode Light

This light comes on when HoldMode is selected. See “Hold Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modes0 177 for more information.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 211.



Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 205.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check the



DIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.

If the light comes on and stays onwhile driving, the vehicle may havea problem with the cooling system.Stop and turn off the vehicle toavoid damage to the engine.A warning chime sounds when thislight is on.

See Engine Overheating 0 250 formore information.

Tire Pressure Light

If equipped with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the vehicle isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A message in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) may also display. Stopas soon as possible, and inflate thetires to the pressure value shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Tires 0 271.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the TPMS. The lightflashes for about one minute andstays on steady until the vehicle isoff. This sequence repeats eachtime the vehicle is started. See TirePressure Monitor System 0 280.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the vehicle is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

The low fuel warning light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started.

This light also comes on when thefuel level is low. When fuel is added,the light should go off. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 47.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.



High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 147.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 145.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 145.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active. SeeCruise Control 0 191.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when AdaptiveCruise Control (if equipped) isactive. See Adaptive Cruise Control0 193.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched.



Information Displays

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens,touch ENERGY on the infotainmentdisplay and then touch FLOW at thebottom of the infotainment display.

The Power Flow screens indicatethe current operating condition. Thescreens show energy flow betweenthe engine, generator, and highvoltage battery. These componentswill be highlighted when they areactive.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before you plug into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.


. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.


{ Danger





(Continued)



Danger (Continued)


Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has threeprogrammable charge modes. Toview the current charge mode statusin the infotainment display, touchENERGY in the infotainment displayand then touch CHARGING at thebottom of the display.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimates are alsodisplayed. These estimates aremost accurate when the vehicle isplugged in and in moderatetemperature conditions.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging 0 213.

Delayed Based on DepartureTime : The vehicle estimates thecharging start time considering the

programmed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. Chargingbegins at the start time and iscomplete by the departure time onlyif sufficient time is allowed after thecharge cord is plugged in.

Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time) : The vehicleestimates the charging start timebased on the utility rate schedule,utility rate preference, andprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. The vehiclewill charge during the leastexpensive rate periods to achieve afull battery charge by the departuretime. Electrical rate information fromthe utility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.



Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Charge Limit Preference Selection

The Charge Limit Preference settingallows the vehicle’s charge level tobe selected so it matches thecapability of the charging location.If the vehicle consistently stopscharging after plugging in, or if acircuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower Charge LimitPreference may resolve the issue.

The Charge Limit Preference shouldbe configured to match the electricalcurrent rating for the electrical outletthat the charge cord is connectedto. The Charge Limit Preferencesettings are:

. Maximum: Limits AC current to12 amps

. Reduced: Limits AC current to8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Check the vehicle for the currentavailable levels.

The Charge Limit Preference settingresets to the Reduced 8 amp settingeach time the vehicle is driven.Location Based Charging can beenabled to maintain Maximum

12 amp setting at a specified Homelocation. See “Location BasedCharging” later in this section.

The Charge Limit Preference settingcan be changed at any time whilethe infotainment display is operable.

{ Warning


Charge Mode Selection

From the main charging screen,touch Charge Mode.



Select one option:

. Immediately Upon Plug In

. Delayed Based onDeparture Time

. Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time)

Departure Time Entry

It is recommended to have thevehicle unplugged when editingdeparture time. From the maincharging screen, touch NextPlanned Departure.

1. Touch the day to change.

2. Touchy orz to change thehours and minutes.

3. Touchy orz to change AMor PM.

4. Touch S to store changes andreturn to the previous screen.

Charge Rate Information

From the Delayed Charge ModeStatus screen, touch Charge RateInformation.

Select one of the following:

. Charge Completion: EarliestPossible/Latest Possible

. Electric Rate Schedule

. Charge Rate Preference

Earliest or Latest Completion Time

If the vehicle calculates that the costwould be the same for variouscharge modes based on the chargerates selected, select to finish thecharge at the earliest possible timeor the latest possible time. Use theEarliest setting to charge as soon aspossible if there is a planneddeparture prior to the scheduleddeparture time. Use the Latestsetting to optimize energy usage.



Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the main charging screen,touch Charge Rate Information andthen touch Charge Rate Preference.

Touch one of the following optionsto select the Charge RatePreference:

. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,and Off-Peak Rates: The vehiclecan charge during any rateperiod to satisfy the nextplanned departure time.However, it will select when tocharge to minimize the total costof the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/orMid-Peak rate periods only and

will select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates:The vehicle will only chargeduring Off-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all Peakrates and the rate preference is tocharge during Off-Peak rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand are called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andare called Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, touch Electric RateSchedule.



To edit the Summer/WinterSchedule:

1. Select Summer/Winter for theRate Schedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Select Yearly for the RateSchedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Entering

To toggle between a yearlyschedule or a summer/winterschedule, touch RateSchedule Type.

To edit the Rate Schedule SeasonStart Dates:

1. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule on the Electric RateSchedule Screen.

2. Touch Summer.

3. Touchy orz to set themonth and day for the start ofsummer.

4. Touch Winter.

5. Touchy orz to set themonth and day for the start ofwinter.

6. Touch S to save changes.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen touch Electric RateSchedule. Select the season youwish to edit if summer/winter ratesare selected. If yearly rate scheduleis selected no summer/winter iconwill appear.

1. Touch Weekday or WeekendRates.

2. Touch the rate time window tobe changed.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekendschedules must be set. The rateschedule only applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12:00 AM andending at 12:00 AM. There can befive rate changes for each day; notall must be used.



The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish time does notfollow a start time, the errormessage displays “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered.Please re-enter data.”

Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

It is recommended to have thevehicle unplugged when editingelectric rate finish time. From theEdit (Summer, Winter, or Yearly)Electric Rate Schedule screen,touch the row to change.

1. Touchy orz to adjustthe time.

2. Touch Off-Peak, Mid-Peak,or Peak to select theelectric rate.

3. Touch S 3 to store changes.

Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed ChargeModes can be temporarilyoverridden to an Immediate ChargeMode for one charge cycle. Also,the next planned departure time canbe temporarily overridden for onecharge cycle. In addition to thein-vehicle overrides via theinfotainment display, there are otherways to temporarily override aDelayed Charge Mode. See Plug-InCharging 0 213.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch Charge Immediately atPlug In to temporarily overrideto an Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

To cancel the temporary override toImmediate, touch the X next to thecharge mode on the main chargingscreen.



Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch TemporaryDeparture Time.

3. Touchy orz to change theNext Departure Time.

4. Touch S3 to confirm atemporary override of the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The main charging screen willautomatically display the reviseddeparture time and chargecomplete time.

The Temporary Departure Time canonly be updated for the same dayas the original Next PlannedDeparture Time. Also, the vehiclewill not accept a TemporaryDeparture Time that is before thepresent time of day.

To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time:

. From the Temporary OverrideOptions screen, touch CancelTemporary Override Setting.

. From the main charging screen,touch the X on the right side ofthe respective override text.When you override to animmediate charge mode, the Xwill be on the far right side ofCharge Mode. When youoverride the departure time ofeither delayed charge mode, theX will be on the far right side ofNext Planned Departure.

Location Based Charging

This feature allows chargingsettings to be customized when thevehicle is at home or away fromhome. The charge mode and charge



level preference will update basedon vehicle location. See “ChargeLimit Preference Selection” earlier inthis section. The chargingcustomization settings will be thesaved home profile settings at homeand Charge Immediate when awayfrom home.

Dashes display on the screen whenGPS is unavailable.

Using Location Based Charging

To use location based charging, ahome location must first be stored.To store a home location:

1. From the Home page, touchSettings.

2. Touch Vehicle.

3. Touch Energy.

4. Touch Location BasedCharging.

5. Touch Set Home Location.

6. A pop-up will confirm thesetting and the compass will belit. In addition, the Set HomeLocation will change to UpdateHome Location.

To turn location based charging onor off:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch ON or OFF to turn thesystem on or off.

Updating Home Location

To update the home location:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Choose Update HomeLocation.

3. Choose:

Update : Use when the vehicle isparked in a new location.

Cancel : Use to cancel thisoperation and make no changes.

Remove : Use to remove the storedhome location from the vehicle. Thiswill turn the feature off becausethere will be no home locationstored.

Expiration

The charge level preference at thehome location is stored for up to90 days. After 90 days, a notificationwill display on the screen and thecharge level preference will need tobe reset for the next 90 days.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up

The Charging Interrupted orOverridden message will appear ifthere was an unintended loss of ACpower during the plug in chargeevent. For example, there was apower outage or the charge cordwas unplugged from the wall.

See Utility Interruption of Charging0 226.



Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the maincharging screen will display “- -:- -”for the Charge Complete Time. TheProgrammable Charging system willbe disabled if the Charge CompleteTime cannot be confidentlyestimated. If the ProgrammableCharging system is consistentlydisabled, see your dealer.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Energy InformationTo view Energy Usage, EnergyUsage Score, and Energy Details,touch ENERGY on the infotainment

display, touch INFO, then touch h ork. To reset the values, the highvoltage battery needs to be fullyrecharged.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged.This includes:

. Distance traveled inElectric Mode

. Distance traveled in ExtendedRange Mode

. Total distance traveled

. Electric energy used from thebattery

. Total fuel used

. Average fuel economy

The electric equivalent to fueleconomy is MPGe. Touch MPG onthe screen to view. When dashesare displayed, the maximum limits tosome values have been reached.

The circle graph displaysthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versusExtended Range Mode. TheLifetime fuel economy is a total overthe life of the vehicle and can onlybe reset by the dealer. The EnergyUsage information will also appearautomatically on power off whenRetained Accessory Power isactive. This pop-up can be disabled.See “Energy Summary Pop-up”under Vehicle Personalization0 137.



Energy Usage Score

The Energy Usage Score screenprovides an estimate of the factorsthat influence energy usage sincethe last full charge of the highvoltage battery. A positive score isdesired to reach the vehicle’selectric and fuel economy rating.

. Technique includes acceleratingand braking.

. Terrain includes road conditions,such as hills, rain, and snow andmay be affected by wind and tirepressure.

. Climate Settings includes howthe heating and air conditioningare used.

. Outside Temperature includesthe effect that hot or cold air hason vehicle aerodynamics.

. Score is the sum of theindividual scores.

The individual scores provide anunderstanding of how electric andfuel economy are different fromday-to-day, even when traveling thesame route.

All values are reset after a completecharge and may not be stable untilapproximately 16 km (10 mi) havebeen driven.

Energy Details

The Energy Details screen displayshow energy is being used since thelast time the high voltage battery

was fully charged. It includesDriving and Accessories, ClimateSettings, and Battery Conditioning.The circle graph displaysthese percentages. The total energyused displays at the bottom of thescreen.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.



o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press o to go back to theprevious menu.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press V while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress V.

3. Pressw orx to movethrough the list of possible infodisplays.

4. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Trip A or Trip B and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was lastreset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding Vwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects only

the approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset alongwith the trip odometer by pressingand holding V while this display isactive.

Compass and Speed : Shows thedirection the vehicle is driving andthe vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Total Range : Shows the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.

Oil Life : The Oil Life display showsan estimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE99% is displayed, that means 99%of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 240.In addition to the engine oil life



system monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 327.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 242.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 280 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Follow Distance Indicator : Thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced the

next time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. If this message stays onwhen the malfunction indicator lampis on, the vehicle should be taken toyour dealer for service as soon aspossible.

This message can display when thevehicle is parked during extremecold conditions without plugging in.While driving the vehicle with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until the highvoltage battery is conditioned.

This message can display whendriving in mountainous terrainwithout using Mountain Mode or bynot entering Mountain Mode soonenough to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve before climbingsteep grades. This is normaloperation to protect the high voltagebattery. Only if both thePROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED message and the



malfunction indicator lamp are onshould the vehicle be taken to thedealer for service.

While climbing the grade with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until theengine can recover the battery stateof charge to a normal level. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 177.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press S BACK on the center

stack or touch h on theinfotainment display to return tothe previous menu or exit.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language

. Teen Driver

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

. Wi-Fi

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.



Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 102.

Language

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch h to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Select to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, touch +or − to increase or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume ofaudio files played at system startupand shutdown.

Select On, then touch + or − toincrease or decrease the volume.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality


Instruments and Controls 139. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Energy

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Engine Assist Heat

. Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required by

the vehicle's interior temperature.The auto heated seats can beturned off by using L or M on thecenter stack.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Auto Heated Seatsturn on.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started.

Select Off or On.

Engine Assist Heat

If equipped, this feature selects theoutside temperature level at whichthe engine may run to assist heatingin Electric Mode. A change inselection will not take effect untilafter the vehicle is firstpowered down.

Select On for temperatures belowapproximately 0 °C (32 °F), or selectDeferred for temperatures belowapproximately −10 °C (15 °F).

Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

During remote start, this featureturns on or off the ability for theengine to run to help heat thevehicle when it is plugged in.A change in setting will not takeeffect until after the vehicle is firstpowered down.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Forward Collision System

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FAB



are available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 207.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 201.

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This setting determines if an alertwill appear when Adaptive CruiseControl brings the vehicle to acomplete stop and the vehicleahead of you starts moving again.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 193.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 209.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Extended Hill Start Assist

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Extended Hill Start Assist

This allows the duration of the HillStart Assist to be changed. See“Extended Hill Start Assist (EHSA)”in Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 187.

Select Extended Hold orStandard Hold.

Energy


. Location Based Charging

. Energy Summary Pop-up

. Charge Status Feedback

. Charge Cord Theft Alert

. Charge Power Loss Alert

Location Based Charging

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Set Home Location, On,or Off.

Energy Summary Pop-up


Select Off or On.

Charge Status Feedback

If the feature is on, horn chirpsare on.

Select Off or On.

Charge Cord Theft Alert


Select Off or On.

Charge Power Loss Alert


Select Off or On.



Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly whenK on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.



Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

If equipped with Remote StartHeated Steering Wheel, this featurewill turn on when the Remote StartAuto Heated Seats turn on.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the windows to beopened when pressing andholding K on the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 32.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle touch pad button on thedriver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See “Passive Locking” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 32.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Select to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT. Type a new number,then select SAVE.



Text Message Alerts

This feature allows text messagesto be received. See “TextMessaging” under “Phone” in theinfotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives voicecommand tips.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen


144 Instruments and Controls. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the infotainmentdisplay or press any infotainmentcontrols on the center stack to turnthe display on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 201.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 201.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view or update theinfotainment system currentsoftware information.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows Wi-Fi networksto be turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.Wi-Fi must be on for this feature tobe accessed.


Lighting 145

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 145Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 148Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Battery Power Protection . . . . . 151

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


146 Lighting

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor5. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button on theturn signal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lampcontrol is in the AUTO or5position to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. The

instrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.


Lighting 147. The vehicle is loaded such that

the front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward youmomentarily and then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The vehicle is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The electric drive unit is not inP (Park).

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

Fully functional DRL are required onall vehicles first sold in Canada.

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will not beon. The instrument cluster will be lit.

When the exterior lamp control isturned to the headlamp position, thelow-beam headlamps come on. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or thevehicle is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL can only be turned offwhen the vehicle is parked.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.


148 Lighting

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be as

bright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 149.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the vehicleis turned off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehicleon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.


Lighting 149

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 266.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel cluster display, infotainmentdisplay and controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimthe lights.


150 Lighting

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

Press the button near each lamp toturn the rear reading lamps onor off.


Lighting 151

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlights turn on briefly at night whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter K is pressed. The lightsturn off immediately when POWERO is pressed or automatically after abrief period.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight when the vehicle is turned offand the driver door is opened.Some interior lights also come onwhen the vehicle is turned off. Theexterior lamps and interior lightsremain on after the door is closedfor a brief period and then turn off.

The exit lighting feature can bechanged. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle's12-volt battery.

If the exterior lamps or any interiorlamp is left on and the vehicle isturned off, the battery rundownprotection system automaticallyturns the lamps off after about10 minutes.


152 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


Climate Controls 153

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate Control

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Climate ControlSystems

Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilationfor the vehicle can be controlledwith this system.

The vehicle may require the use ofan auxiliary heat source undercertain cold conditions. Thisprovides additional heating anddefrost capability obtained byrunning the engine, even if the highvoltage battery is adequatelycharged. Under these conditions,the engine will start and use fuel.Make sure there is fuel in the tank.

Do not allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for longperiods without being driven orplugged in.


154 Climate Controls

1. Manual Fan Control Knob

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Recirculation

6. eco Climate Mode Button

7. Temperature Control Knob

8. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

9. MAX Climate Mode Button

10. Power Button

11. Air Delivery Mode Controls

12. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Mode Operation

There are three climate modesettings: Fan Only, eco, and MAX.These settings adjust the impact theclimate control system has on thevehicle's electric range or fueleconomy.

To select a climate mode,press eco.

Fan Only Mode : To select thismode, turn off both eco and MAXmode. The air conditioning andelectric heat are turned off. As long

as0 MAX is not selected, theclimate control settings may nothave a noticeable effect on thevehicle electric range and fueleconomy.

When in Fan Only mode, the AUTOindicator light will be on. WhenAUTO is selected in Fan Onlymode, the mode will change toeither eco or MAX.

When in Fan Only mode, the airconditioning system may turn onautomatically if the high voltagebattery is being cooled. The climatecontrol system could blow cold air.This is normal. To prevent cold airfrom blowing into the interior, turn offthe fan control and select the ventmode and manual recirculationmode, and close the air vents.

When in Fan Only mode, if AutoDefog is enabled, the airconditioning and electric heat mayturn on when high humidityconditions exist. See “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137 for more



information on the Auto Defogselection. The air conditioning mayalso run if0 MAX is selected.

eco Mode : Press eco to select thismode and the indicator will be lit.The air conditioning and electricheat are controlled to balancecomfort with fuel economy. As longas0 MAX is not selected, thevehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease less than inMAX mode, but will result inmoderate comfort.

MAX Mode : Press MAX to selectthis mode and the indicator will belit. The air conditioning and electricheat are controlled to reach the bestcomfort level based on thetemperature setting selected. In thismode, vehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease dependingon the amount of energy required toreach the best comfort levels.

The air conditioning and electricheat could be on at the same timewhen dehumidification is required ineco or MAX modes.

The air conditioning may also run if0 MAX is selected, regardless ofthe climate mode.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery mode, airconditioning, and recirculation toheat or cool the vehicle to theselected temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initialsetting of 23 °C (74 °F) isrecommended. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on and off.

A : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. The fanspeed setting appears on thedisplay screen. Manually adjustingthe fan speed cancels automatic fancontrol. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation. Press O to turnoff the fan and the climate controlsystem.

If the power is turned off while ineco or MAX mode, the display willautomatically change to Fan Onlymode. If the fan speed is increasedor AUTO is pressed, the climatemode will revert back to eco orMAX mode.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press0,d orc or a combination ofthe buttons to change the directionof the airflow. The indicator light inthe button will turn on. The currentmode appears in the display screen.



Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

0 : Air is directed to thewindshield.

d : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

c : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is clearedfrom the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

If0 MAX is selected in eco orMAX mode, air conditioning orelectric heat may turn on and havea noticeable effect on vehicleelectric range and fuel economy.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors. Therecirculation mode is not available inDefrost or Defog modes.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Auto Defog : The system willmonitor high humidity inside thevehicle. When high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn Auto

Defog off or on, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

L or M : If equipped, press L or Mto heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated Front Seats 0 56.

Auto Heated Seats : If equipped,the controls can be accessed whilethe vehicle is on by pressing L orM on the center stack. When thevehicle is on, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature. Theactive high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonlights on the center stack.See Heated Front Seats 0 56 andVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.



The defogger only works when thevehicle is on. The defogger will turnoff if the vehicle is turned off.

If equipped with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on whenthe rear window defogger button ison and help to clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 48.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Remote Start : The climate controlsystem may be started by using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The climate control

system will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. SeeRemote Start 0 38.

If equipped, the heated seats willturn on if it is cold outside. Theheated seat indicator light may notcome on during a remote start.If equipped, the heated steeringwheel will come on if it is coldoutside. The heated steering wheelindicator light may not come onduring a remote start.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Compressor

The vehicle has an electric poweredair conditioning compressor. Thisallows for continuous airconditioning and/or high voltagebattery cooling operation, withoutrunning the engine.

The compressor operating speed isnot tied to the engine speed, sosome noise may be heard from thecompressor, especially when airconditioning use is high and theengine has turned off. This isnormal.

Sensors

Solar Sensor

The solar sensor is on top of theinstrument panel, near thewindshield, where it monitors solarintensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near thebase of the inside rearview mirror.The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature and recirculation forbest comfort.



Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensoris behind the front grille of thevehicle. The vehicle uses the sensorinformation to display outside airtemperature. The climate controlsystem uses the information toadjust the climate system operation.

Air Vents

Use the louvers on the air vents tochange the direction of the airflow,or to open and close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Do not use non-GM approvedhood deflectors. They canadversely affect the performanceof the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 327.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 336.

1. Open the glove box door (1)completely. Grasp the edges ofthe side instrument paneltrim (2) and pull to remove fromthe instrument panel.

2. Remove the five screws andpull the entire glove box towardyou to release completely. Theservice door can now beaccessed.

3. Release the retainer clipsholding the service door. Openthe service door and removethe old filter.

4. Install the new air filter.

5. Close the service door andattach the retainer clips.

6. Reverse the steps to reinstallthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


160 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 162Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 163Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 164Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 165Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 167Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 171Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Starting and Stopping the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Electric Vehicle OperatingModes

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . 177Driver Selected Operating

Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Out of Fuel/Engine

Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . 180

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 185Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 187Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 187

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 190

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 193

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 200Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 201Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 209Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 211

ChargingPlug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Delayed Charging Override . . . 215Charging Status Feedback . . . 215Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220


Driving and Operating 161

Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228California Fuel

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 229Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 59.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

Power brake assist is availableunless the 12-volt battery drains orthere is a fault in the brakecomputer.



Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicle

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 271.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 177.Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear(preferably LOW range) whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills.Something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).


166 Driving and Operating. Pay attention to special road

signs (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 189.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied sooner

than when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 185.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 182.

To save fuel, start the vehicle forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. The Traction ControlSystem prevents the tires fromspinning at high speeds. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels in

the forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 311.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.



{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 271 and TirePressure 0 279.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InThe vehicle does not require abreak-in period. Vehicle break-in isperformed during manufacturing.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start. The POWER Olight flashes when the driver door isopen and the vehicle is not on. Theflashing light will eventually time out.

The light is on steady when in ON/RUN power mode. When the vehicleis turned off, the POWER O lightwill turn off.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter pocket.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 32.

ON/RUN : This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing POWER O once will placethe vehicle in ON/RUN. When theREADY light is on in the instrumentcluster, the vehicle is ready to bedriven. This could take up to15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. See Vehicle ReadyLight 0 121. The engine will onlystart if needed. If the vehicle did notstart, the instrument cluster willdisplay a screen with inactive fueland battery gauges. See Startingand Stopping the Vehicle 0 172.



STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF :To turn the vehicle off, pressPOWER O with the vehicle inP (Park). Retained Accessory Power(RAP) will remain active until thedriver door is opened. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 174.When turning off the vehicle, if thevehicle is not in P (Park), the vehiclewill go to ACC/ACCESSORY anddisplay the message SHIFT TOPARK in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing POWER O.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 185.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold POWER O forlonger than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

Service Mode

Caution

Placing the vehicle in ServiceMode will use the 12-volt battery.Do not use Service Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding POWER O formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The propulsion system willnot start in Service Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting and Stopping theVehicleComputers determine when theengine needs to run. The enginemay start, if required, when thepropulsion system is on.

Starting Procedure

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The propulsion systemwill not start in any other position.



Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 232.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle.Press the brake pedal and pressand release POWER O.

If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 32.

A Welcome, Ready, and Good-byeaudio message will be heard in thevehicle and animated on theinstrument cluster when opening thedriver door upon entry, when thevehicle is ready to be driven, andwhen the vehicle is turned off.

The instrument cluster displays anactive fuel and/or battery gauge,along with an audio startup cue,when the vehicle is ready to bedriven. This could take up to15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. The engine will onlystart if needed. If the vehicle did notstart, the instrument cluster will

display a screen with inactive fueland battery gauges. See Startingand Stopping the Vehicle 0 172.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and pressPOWER O twice without pressingthe brake pedal. The propulsionsystem will not restart in any otherposition.

Forced Engine On

Some vehicle conditions that forcethe engine to run:

. There are cold ambienttemperatures.

. The hood is open or notcompletely latched while thevehicle is not in N (Neutral).

. The high voltage battery has alow charge.

. The engine needs to run formaintenance.

See Maintenance Modes 0 180.



A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is on.Always press POWER O to turn thevehicle off before exiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button 0 171.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 185.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.


Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the propulsionsystem running. It could overheatand catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

you are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 174.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe propulsion system on, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in the electric driveunit. This happens when parking ona hill and shifting the electric driveunit into P (Park) is not doneproperly and then it is difficult to



shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park).

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be on, the brake pedal mustbe applied, and the charge cordmust be unplugged.

The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shift lockrelease is designed to:

. Prevent the vehicle from turningoff unless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent moving the shift leverout of P (Park), unless thevehicle is on, the brake pedal isapplied, and the charge cord isunplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause theelectric drive unit to be locked inP (Park) until the propulsion systemhas warmed sufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.See Battery - North America 0 253or Jump Starting - North America0 306.

If the shift lever cannot be movedout of P (Park):

1. Apply and maintain the regularbrakes.

2. Turn the vehicle on usingPOWER O. See Power Button0 171.

3. Let up on the shift lever andmake sure the shift lever ispushed all the way intoP (Park).

4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired gear.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealeror a professional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.See Shifting Into Park 0 174 andEngine Exhaust 0 182.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will turn off aftertwo hours.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

System OperationThis vehicle is an Extended RangeElectric Vehicle (EREV). It uses anelectric propulsion system to drivethe vehicle at all times. Electricity isthe vehicle's primary source ofenergy, while gasoline is thesecondary source.

The vehicle has two modes ofoperation: Electric and ExtendedRange. In Electric Mode, the vehicleis propelled by its electric drive unitonly. It converts electrical energyinto mechanical energy to drive thewheels. In Extended Range Mode,both the battery and the enginepower the vehicle. The vehicle'sperformance remains nearly thesame in either mode. See Drivingfor Better Energy Efficiency 0 27.

Electric ModeIn Electric Mode, the vehicle doesnot use fuel or produce tailpipeemissions. During this primarymode, the vehicle is powered byelectrical energy stored in the highvoltage battery. The vehicle canoperate in this mode until thebattery has reached a low charge.

There are some conditions when thebattery charge is high enough toprovide Electric Mode operation, butthe engine still runs. They are:

. Cold ambient temperatures.

. Hot or cold high voltage batterytemperatures.

. The hood being open or notcompletely closed and latched.

. Certain high voltage battery faultconditions.

. Engine Maintenance Mode orFuel Maintenance Modebeing run.



Extended Range ModeWhen the vehicle reaches the endof its electric range, it switches toExtended Range Mode (ERM). Inthis secondary mode, electricity isproduced by the fuel-poweredengine. This secondary source ofelectric power extends the vehiclerange. Operation will continue inERM until the vehicle can beplugged in to recharge the highvoltage battery and restoreElectric Mode.

The high voltage battery willcontinue to provide some power andwork together with the engine toprovide peak performance when it isrequired, such as driving up a steepincline or for high accelerationmaneuvers. The battery will not becharged nor will electric vehiclerange be restored by the engine.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, when the hood isopen and the vehicle is moving atlow speed or stopped, the enginewill run without turning off if thevehicle is on, except when the

electric drive unit is in N (Neutral).The engine will turn off or remain offat low vehicle speed in N (Neutral).The high voltage battery is notcharged when this occurs. Underthese conditions, the high voltagebattery can still be dischargedbased on the vehicle loads such asA/C, or 12-volt loads.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, if there is a highvoltage battery fault, the engine mayrun without turning off to generateneeded electricity. The malfunctionindicator lamp will turn on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp (CheckEngine Light) 0 114.

Driver Selected OperatingModesWhile driving in Electric or ExtendedRange Mode, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press MODE to display selectabledrive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Continuepressing to scroll through themodes.



Highlight either the Sport, Mountain,or Hold Mode, then release MODE.After three seconds, the new drivemode will become active.

Pressing MODE again will return toNormal Mode, and it will becomeactive after three seconds.

During some conditions, certaindrive modes may be unavailable.The unavailable mode is grayed outin the DIC menu and cannot beselected.

If in Sport, Mountain, or Hold Mode,the mode may become unavailableand the vehicle will return to Normal

Mode. The indicator light goes offand a DIC message displays. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 136.

The vehicle will stay in NormalMode at the next restart.

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode, but can reduceefficiency. Use Normal Modewhenever possible.

Press MODE to select Sport Mode.

Press MODE again to return toNormal Mode and it becomes activeafter three seconds.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Mountain Mode

Mountain Mode should be selectedat the beginning of a trip beforeclimbing steep, uphill grades andwhen expecting to drive in very hillyor mountainous terrain. This modemaintains a reserve electricalcharge of the high voltage battery toprovide better grade climbing



performance. While driving inMountain Mode, the vehicle willhave less responsive acceleration.

Mountain Mode will not changenormal vehicle braking performancefor steep downhill grades.See Hill and Mountain Roads 0 165and Electric Drive Unit 0 183.

Press MODE to select MountainMode. If steep hill driving isexpected, it is recommended toselect Mountain Mode at least20 minutes before driving on steepgrades. This will allow the vehicletime to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve.

If Mountain Mode is not selected forthese conditions, propulsion powermay be reduced and the enginespeed may increase. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 136.

The engine may run when MountainMode is selected, depending on thehigh voltage battery charge, to buildreserve battery charge for uphillclimbs. If Mountain Mode is enteredwith a sufficient battery chargereserve, the battery charge reserve

will appear grayed out and anybattery charge reserve still unusedupon exiting Mountain Mode willreturn to normal appearance.


Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode tomaintain a smaller battery chargereserve for normal driving.

Hold Mode

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electriccharge will be depleted. Use Hold

Mode mainly during highway or highspeed driving to maximize both EVmiles and fuel efficiency.

Hold Mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in Electric Mode. Thismode places the remaining batterycharge into a reserve for the driverto use as desired. Selecting thismode transitions the vehicle toExtended Range Mode to maintainthe battery charge reserve.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, thereserved battery charge becomesavailable again and the vehiclereturns to Electric Mode. If thetransition is from Hold Mode directlyto Mountain Mode, the electricrange displayed adjusts for theMountain Mode charge reserve.

Hold Mode will not change normalvehicle acceleration or brakingperformance.

Press MODE to select Hold Mode.




Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the current charge isdepleted. The vehicle will have lessresponsive acceleration. DICmessages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuelor service.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Extended RangeMode. The engine may stop runningafter the self test is completed,based on the current mode ofoperation.

Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

EMM runs the engine to keep it ingood working condition afterapproximately six weeks of no orvery limited engine operation. EMMwill force the engine to run, even ifthere is a charge to power thevehicle.

When EMM is needed, the EMMRequest screen appears on theinfotainment display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, EMM will begin.The engine will not start until after ashort delay once shifted intoD (Drive). The engine will run for aset amount of time without turning

off. During EMM, a DIC messagedisplays to show theEMM percentage complete.

If No is selected, the EMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The EMM requestcan be delayed for up to one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automaticallystart the engine at the next vehiclestart. The engine will not start untilafter a short delay once shifted intoD (Drive).

An EMM Notification screen willappear in the infotainment display.

If the vehicle is shut off during EMM,it will restart the next time thevehicle is driven.



A message displays to indicate thatEMM is active.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 136.

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

FMM tracks average fuel age. Oldfuel can cause engine problems.If low engine usage causes averagefuel age to exceed approximatelyone year, FMM will run the engine touse up the old fuel. The engine willrun until enough fresh fuel is addedto bring the average fuel age into an

acceptable range. Allowing more oldfuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another fuel maintenancemode is needed. During FMM theengine may turn on and off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on theinfotainment display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, FMM will begin.The engine will not start until after ashort delay once shifted intoD (Drive). FMM will automaticallycontinue at each vehicle start untilfresh fuel is added.

If No is selected, the FMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The FMM requestcan be delayed for only one day.

If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on theinfotainment display. The engine willnot start until after a short delayonce shifted into D (Drive).



If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 136. After FMM hasrun it is recommended to fill thefuel tank.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The engine is running inExtended Range Mode inareas with poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,or deep snow that mayblock underbody airflow ortail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park with the enginerunning in Extended Range Modein an enclosed area such as agarage or a building that has nofresh air ventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with thepropulsion system running.

If the vehicle is left with thepropulsion system running, followthe proper steps to be sure thevehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 174 andEngine Exhaust 0 182.

Electric Drive UnitThe vehicle uses an electricdrive unit.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe propulsion system, because thevehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 174.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting thepropulsion system. The vehicle hasan electric drive unit shift lockcontrol system. The regular brakemust be fully applied first and thenthe shift lever button pressed beforeshifting from P (Park) when theignition is on. If you cannot shift outof P (Park), ease pressure on the



shift lever, then push the shift leverall the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 175.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the electric drive unit.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit, seeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167.

N : In this position, the propulsionsystem does not transfer torque tothe wheels. To restart the propulsionsystem when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

Caution

If the vehicle seems to accelerateslowly or not respond when yougo faster, and you continue todrive the vehicle that way, youcould damage the electric driveunit. Have the vehicle servicedright away.

L : This position reduces vehiclespeed without using the brakes. UseL (Low) on very steep hills, in deepsnow, in mud, or in stop-and-gotraffic.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the electric drive

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

unit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires. When stopping on a hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 117.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 117 and Service Electric ParkingBrake Light 0 117.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Pull the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK light

flashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if theY orPARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 117.

If the 8 light is on, press and holdthe EPB switch. Continue to holdthe switch until theY or PARK

light remains on. If the 8 lightremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)The Hill Start Assist (HSA) featurewill activate when the vehicle isstopped on a moderate to steepgrade to help prevent it from rollingin an unintended direction. After thebrake pedal has been released andbefore the accelerator pedal hasbeen pressed, HSA uses braking

pressure to hold the vehiclestationary. If HSA is holding thevehicle, a DIC message displays.HSA will not activate in a forwarddrive gear when facing downhill,or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill.

Extended Hill StartAssist (EHSA)

To change the duration of the HSAfeature, see “Extended Hill StartAssist" under “Comfort andConvenience” in VehiclePersonalization 0 137. WhenStandard Hold is selected, thevehicle is held stationary for up totwo seconds after the brake pedal isreleased. When Extended Hold isselected, the vehicle is heldstationary for up to five minutesafter the brake pedal is released. Ineither case, override the holdfeature by pressing the acceleratorpedal and attempting to drive away.

If Hill Start Assist is selected in theSettings menu, it will hold thevehicle for two seconds unless thedriver door is opened or the driverseat belt is unbuckled after

releasing the brake pedal.If Extended Hill Start Assist isselected, it will hold the vehicle forfive minutes unless the driver dooris opened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled prior to releasing thebrake pedal. When EHSA isdeactivated after five minutes, or if itis deactivated when the driver seatbelt is unlatched or the driver door isopened, the Electric Parking Brakewill engage to prevent vehiclemovement.

Regenerative BrakingSome braking energy from themoving vehicle is turned back intoelectrical energy. This energy isthen stored back into the highvoltage battery system, increasingenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when ahigh braking demand is requested.



The controller interprets the brakingrequest and uses regenerativebraking, conventional hydraulicbraking, or a combination of both asnecessary.

The brake controller applies thehydraulic brakes using a pump. Thepump may be heard during somebraking, such as rapid applies. Thisis normal.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators 0 106 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133.If there is a controller problem, thebrake pedal may be harder to pushand the stopping distance may belonger.

Regen on Demand

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding the steering wheel paddle.It works in D (Drive) and L (Low).The accelerator pedal must be fullyreleased for it to work.

The brake pedal must be applied atlow speed, because Regen onDemand will not bring the car to afull stop.

Cruise control will turn off, and thebrake lights may come on, whenthis feature is activated.

The brake controller applies thehydraulic brakes using a pump. Youmay hear the pump during somebraking maneuvers, such as rapidbrake applies or while replacing anyregenerative brake torque as thevehicle comes to a stop. This isnormal operation.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and an ElectronicStability Control system calledStabiliTrak. These systems helplimit wheel slip and assist the driverin maintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are slipping orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any of thevehicle wheel brakes to help assistthe driver in keeping the vehicle onthe intended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak begins to limitwheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message may display inthe Driver Information Center (DIC),and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.



Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.A DIC message may display. To turnTCS on again, press and release g.

The Traction Off light i displayedin the instrument cluster will turn off.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak Off lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. A DIC messagemay display. To turn TCS andStabiliTrak on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light iand StabiliTrak Off light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 236.

Driver Mode ControlThere are four operating modes thatcan be selected while driving inElectric or Extended Range Mode.The four modes are Normal, Sport,Mountain, and Hold.

Pressing MODE will display theselectable drive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeDriver Selected Operating Modes0 177 for information on modeoperation.



Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the system may begin tolimit wheel spin while you are usingcruise control. If this happens, thecruise control will automatically

disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 189.If a collision alert occurs whencruise control is activated, cruisecontrol is disengaged. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 205.When road conditions allow you tosafely use it again, cruise controlcan be turned back on.

If the brakes or the Regen onDemand paddle are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, -SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.



2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 106.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES on thesteering wheel until the vehicleaccelerates to the desiredspeed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 106.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press -SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 106.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing -SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on the



accelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down.

If a lower gear is being used whilegoing downhill, this causes thevehicle to have improved control ofvehicle speed by using acombination of engine andregenerative braking depending onvehicle conditions. At times youmight have to apply the brakes tokeep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the electric drive unit toN (Neutral).

. Press5 to turn the cruisecontrol system off completely.

. Press the Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows you toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 351.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehicle

speed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak systemactivates, the ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 189. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 162.



{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. A white cruise control indicatorcomes on in the instrument cluster.

+RES : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), briefly press +RES.To increase speed to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press and hold +RES,then release.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC or todecrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To decrease

speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), brieflypress SET−. To decrease speed tothe next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press and hold SET−,then release.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If ACC is on when not in use, 5could get pressed and ACC couldbecome active when not desired.Keep ACC off when it is notbeing used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (15 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.



To set ACC:

1. Press5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, brieflypress +RES. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press -SET.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Vehicle Messages0 136.

. Press and hold +RES until thedesired set speed appears onthe display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES. For each press, thevehicle goes 1 km/h or (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold +RES, then release. Foreach press, the vehicle goes5 km/h or (5 mph) faster.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead inside the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. Releasethe brake and press -SET. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.


196 Driving and Operating. Press and hold -SET until the

desired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, briefly press-SET. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h or(1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold -SET, then release. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 5 km/h or (5 mph) slower.

Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cyclethe gap button through three

settings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 205.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, eightbeeps will sound from the front anda series of red lights will flash on thewindshield.

See Defensive Driving 0 162.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.



The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected following gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak system hasactivated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar may falsely report ablockage when driving in adesert or remote area with noother vehicles or roadsideobjects. A DIC message maydisplay to indicate that ACC istemporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a following gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic before proceeding. Inaddition, three beeps will sound.See “Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.



When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPBstatus light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 185. To release theEPB, press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 136.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.See Vehicle Messages 0 136. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.



{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer



Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are four ways to end ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press5.

. Press the Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 315.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 162.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA), andAutomatic Parking Assist (APA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h(8 mph).



1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may appear onthe infotainment display to showthat RPA has detected an object.This triangle changes from amber tored and increases in size the closerthe object.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 1.8 m (6 ft) behind thevehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of thevehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)high off the ground and belowbumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections.Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush; and cleansensors after a car wash in freezingtemperatures.



{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withParking Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA, and onsome vehicles, FPA. As the objectgets closer, more bars light up andthe bars change color from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the front or rear depending onobject location. Beeps for FPA arehigher pitched than for RPA.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTAshows a red warning triangle with aleft or right pointing arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects comingfrom up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

PressX on the center console toturn on or off the Front and RearParking Assist and the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA). The indicatorlight in the button comes on whenthe features are on and turns offwhen the features have beendisabled.

RCTA can also be turned offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.



To turn the RPA symbols orguidance lines on or off, see “RearCamera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. The infotainmentdisplay or Driver information Center(DIC) and audible beeps help toguide parking maneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

The system is available when thevehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APAbutton,O, to enable the system tobegin searching for a space that islarge enough to park in. The systemcannot detect whether it is a legalparking space. The vehicle may notalign properly to angled parkingspots and the system may havedifficulty sensing short curbs.

When enabled, APA searches forparallel parking spaces to the rightof the vehicle. To search for aparking space to the left, turn on the

left turn signal or, if available,change the side selection in theinfotainment display. To switch theparking mode between parallel andperpendicular, press and holdOduring the search process or,if available, change the parkingmode in the infotainment display.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beepoccurs and a red stop symbol isdisplayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may be

required, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, pressO again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and/or Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) can help to avoid acrash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehiclehas Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),



it can detect vehicles to distances ofapproximately 110 m (360 ft) andoperates at all speeds. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 193.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 162.

FCA can be disabled with either theFCA steering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system may



prepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it is

changed and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timings may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The distance to a moving vehiclethat you are following is shown inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133. Theminimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are not

vehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes when



driving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 205.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric Parking

Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.



IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a moving

vehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone



2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. The



system may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 315.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses a

camera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA on slippery roadscould cause loss of control of thevehicle and a crash. Turn thesystem off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there may be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert, chime, or DICmessage may be provided. Movethe steering wheel to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.



LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Charging

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the chargingof the vehicle's high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. Plug the vehicle in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize the life of the high voltagebattery.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately13 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting or19 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately 4.5 hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 123.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Charge LimitPreference screen on thecenter stack. See “ChargeLimit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 123.Turn the vehicle off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.



In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the rear hatch. Open theleft storage compartment doorand remove the charge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 227. Verify thecharge cord status. SeeCharge Cord 0 220.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and anaudible beep occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 215.

6. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge CordTheft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.



Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single audible beep will soundand charging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A doubleaudible beep will sound andcharging will be delayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 123for advanced charge schedulingoptions.

Charging StatusFeedback

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and the vehicle power isoff, the CSI indicates the following:

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Flash rate increasesfrom one to four flashes asbattery charges.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle and if there is a totalutility interruption via OnStar.See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 226. This may alsoindicate that the chargingsystem has detected a fault andwill not charge the battery. See“Charge Cord Status Indicators”in Charge Cord 0 220.

If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI willflash or will be solid green,depending on the charge level. Thisalso happens during a remote startif the vehicle is plugged in.



If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 226 or“Charge Cord Status Indicators” inCharge Cord 0 220.

If equipped, the charge port bezellight acts as an additional CSI whenthe vehicle is plugged in andcharging. It will flash along with theCSI on the instrument panel. Whenthe charge port door is open and thevehicle is not plugged in, the bezellight stays on solid to light thecharging receptacle.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Following is the vehicle feedbackwhen the charge cord is plugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(Flash rate increasesfrom one to four as thebattery charges)

One audible beep Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two audible beeps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 226.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is notyet charging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to a total utilityinterruption via Onstar and charging willbegin later. This may also occur if thevehicle has detected a high voltagecharging system fault.See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 226 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 114.




Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level)

Two audible beeps Vehicle is charging but will pause/delay atleast once before the charge is complete.

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level) or LongFlashing Green

Four audible beeps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to the selected rate preference.To increase the battery state of charge atthe departure time perform a delayedcharging override. See Delayed ChargingOverride 0 215.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to apower failure or a total utility interruption viaOnStar and charging will begin later. Thismay also occur if the vehicle has detected ahigh voltage charging system fault.See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 226 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 114.




Sound Action/Reason

None Repeated audible beepsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” in Vehicle Personalization0 137.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again to stop thepanic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity has been interrupted beforecharging was complete. Repeated beepswill stop if power is restored within90 seconds.

None Three audible beeps Charge port door is open.



Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

This symbol means Warning: Riskof electrical shock.


A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored in the left storagecompartment in the rear cargo area.

1. Wall Plug2. Status Indicators3. Vehicle Plug4. Release Button

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system for heavy-dutyservice at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.


. When outdoors, plug into aweatherproof electrical outlet.


{ Danger


(Continued)



Danger (Continued)





{ Warning

When using electric products,basic precautions should alwaysbe followed, including thefollowing:

. Read all the safety warningsand instructions beforeusing this product. Failure tofollow the warnings and theinstructions may result inelectric shock, fire, and/orserious injury.

. Never leave childrenunattended near the vehiclewhile the vehicle is chargingand never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

. If the plug provided doesnot fit the electrical outlet,do not modify the plug.Arrange for a qualifiedelectrician to inspect theelectrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into theelectric vehicle connector.

{ Warning

. To reduce the risk of fire,installations shall complywith the requirements ofNational Electric Code,ANSI/NFPA 70 (USA),Canadian Electrical CodeCSA 22.1 and IEC 60364 –Electrical installations inbuildings, depending on theregion in which the unit isbeing installed. The installershall comply with anyadditional localrequirements mandated bythe country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product ifthe flexible power cord orthe electric vehicle cable isfrayed, has brokeninsulation, or shows anyother signs of damage.

. For Canada only: Not foruse in commercial garages.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not use this product ifthe enclosure or the vehicleplug is broken, cracked,open, or shows any otherindication of damage.

. The plug must be pluggedinto an appropriate electricaloutlet that is properlyinstalled in accordance withall local codes andordinances. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does notfit the electrical outlet, havea proper electrical outletinstalled by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground ismissing, the charge cordindicators will indicate anelectrical system fault andthe vehicle may not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

After plugging in the charge cord, itwill perform a quick self test.

Verify the charge cord status. WhentheO indicator is lit solid green,the charge cord is ready to chargethe vehicle.

The charge cord utilizes acombination of theO andPindicators to display the status ofthe charge cord per the followingtable.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

O

Solid Green(

Off (No Light) @No Faults: The charge cord is receiving power from theelectrical outlet and is ready to supply it to the vehicle.

n

Flashing GreenO

Solid RedR p b

Electrical Outlet/Plug Fault: The charge cord has detectedthat the electrical outlet/plug overheated. Electrical outletsmay wear out with normal usage or be damaged over time,making them unsuitable for electric vehicle charging. Do notuse an electrical outlet that is worn, damaged, or one thatwill not hold the plug firmly in place. Use another electricaloutlet or have the electrical outlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician. Reset the charge cord by unplugging the chargecord from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.

(

Off (No Light)O

Solid RedR o

Electrical System Fault: The charge cord has detected amissing or improper ground within the building's electricalsystem. Do not use an electrical outlet that is not properlygrounded. Use another electrical outlet or have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify the building's electrical system.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

(

Off (No Light)n

Flashing RedRb

Vehicle Fault: The charge cord ground-fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) has tripped. Ensure that there is no physical damageto the charge cord, and that the vehicle plug is seatedcompletely and making a good connection. Reset the chargecord by unplugging from the electrical outlet and re-pluggingit. If the fault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

O

Solid Greenn

Flashing RedR m

Charge Cord Fault: The charge cord has detected a potentialproblem with the charge cord. Reset the charge cord byunplugging from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it. If thefault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

If no status indicators are lit, ensurethe electrical outlet is powered.

Charge Limit Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the center stack. See“Charge Limit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 123.

{ Warning


Grounding Instructions

This product must be grounded.If this product should malfunction orbreak down, grounding provides apath of least resistance for electriccurrent to reduce the risk of electricshock. This product is equipped witha cord that has an equipmentgrounding conductor and agrounding plug. The plug must beplugged into an appropriate outlet



that is properly installed andgrounded in accordance with alllocal codes and ordinances.

{ Warning

Improper connection of thecharge cord ground may causeelectrical shock. Check with aqualified electrician if there isdoubt as to whether the chargecircuit is properly grounded. Donot modify the plug provided withthe product. If it will not fit theelectrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by aqualified electrician.

Mounting Instructions

1. Identify an appropriate locationfor the charge cord.

2. Locate a mounting support,such as a wall stud.

The appropriate height formounting the charge cord is91 cm (36 in) from the floor.

3. Mark and drill the mountingholes in a wall stud or suitablestructure. Stay away from anypower source.

Space the holes 18.7 cm(7 3/8 in) apart.

4. Install the mounting screws inthe wall surface leaving thehead of the screws 5 mm(3/16 in) from the surface.



5. Securely mount the chargecord on to the screws.

6. Connect the wall plug to theelectrical outlet.

7. Connect the vehicle plug to thecharge port.

Lock Feature

A lock can be added to the vehicleplug for additional security.

FCC Notice

This unit has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with ICES-003E ofIndustry Canada.

FCC rules, ICES-003E of IndustryCanada, and EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

. The device may not causeinterference.

. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Utility Interruption ofChargingIf using AC charging, this vehiclewill respond to remote requeststhrough OnStar to limit orcompletely block electrical powergrid usage for brief time periods.A utility interruption of charging mayincrease AC vehicle charge times.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.



Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in theinfotainment display during the keycycle following any utilityinterruption. See “ChargingInterrupted or Overridden Pop-Up”under Programmable Charging0 123.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 106.

Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the chargingstation’s circuit breaker has notbeen tripped.

3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, andconnect it to the vehicle. See“Charge Cord StatusIndicators” in Charge Cord0 220.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, theremay be a problem with thecharging station. Try to chargethe vehicle with a different240-volt charging station, suchas a public station. If bothattempts charge the vehicle,contact the charging stationmanufacturer.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment complying withone or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

. GB/T 18487.1

. GB/T 20234.1

. GB/T 20234.2

The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:

. 120 volts/15 amps

. 240 volts/20 amps

Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240 volts/20 amps willprovide the fastest charging timeand best charging efficiency torecharge the high voltage battery.240 volt/40 amp circuits provideflexibility for future vehicle chargingneeds. Always follow the charging



equipment installation instructions.Contact your dealer for moreinformation.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER detergent gasoline to keep theengine cleaner and reduce enginedeposits. See www.toptiergas.comfor a list of TOP TIER detergentgasoline marketers and applicablecountries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 or

higher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meeting

federal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemay not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 114. If thisoccurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 228.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER detergent gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 228.

If TOP TIER detergent gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.



4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 315.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 114.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer or anothervehicle.

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle0 311. For information on towing thevehicle behind another vehicle suchas a motor home, see RecreationalVehicle Towing 0 313.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 114. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet, or spread across all poweroutlets, is 200 watts or 15 amps.Exceeding 200 watts or 15 ampsmay cause erratic vehicle operation.See Power Outlets 0 103.


234 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 235California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 236Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 242Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 243Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 245Cooling System (High Voltage

Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Cooling System (Power

Electronics and ChargerModules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 250Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Battery - North America . . . . . . 253Electric Drive Unit Shift Lock

Control Function Check . . . . . 255Park Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 256Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 256Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 260

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Electrical System Overload . . . 261Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 262Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 273Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292


Vehicle Care 235

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 305

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 253and Jump Starting - North America0 306 and the back cover.


236 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


(Continued)


Vehicle Care 237

Warning (Continued)

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order the

proper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 351.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck 0 77.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 337.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicleis on, the engine will start when

the hood is opened.See Electric Mode 0 176 andExtended Range Mode 0 177.

2. Pull the release handle withthis symbol. It is below theinstrument panel outboard ofthe steering wheel.

3. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the front


238 Vehicle Care

left center of the hood. Pushthe secondary hood releaselever to the right to disengage.

4. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securelyinto the slot in the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop fromthe slot in the hood and returnit to its retainer above theradiator support. The prop rodmust lock into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


Vehicle Care 239

Engine Compartment Overview


240 Vehicle Care

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid0 250.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 243.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 240.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 240.

5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out ofView).See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 252.

7. Electric Drive Unit Fluid Cap.

8. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 or

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

9. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 306.

11. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

12. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 262.

13. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 306.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 242.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.


Vehicle Care 241

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheck

the level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 339.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 239 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.


242 Vehicle Care

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 335.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors which


Vehicle Care 243

include engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up totwo years. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery two years and, at this time,the system must be reset. Yourdealer has trained service peoplewho will perform this work and resetthe system. It is also important tocheck the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:


2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. 100% OIL LIFE will bedisplayed when the oil lifesystem is successfully reset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:


2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239.

When to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 327.

How to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/


244 Vehicle Care

filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 237.

2. Locate the engine air cleaner/filter assembly on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239.

3. Remove the five screws and liftthe air cleaner/filter cover fromthe air cleaner/filter housingassembly.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Filter

1. Install the air filter into theengine air cleaner/filterassembly. The outer air filterseal must be fitted properly inthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

2. Replace the air cleaner/filtercover by lowering it to meet thebottom of the engine aircleaner/filter housing assembly.

3. Install the five screws to securethe air cleaner/filter cover tothe air cleaner/filter housingassembly.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.


Vehicle Care 245

Cooling System (Engine)

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be up tothe cold fill line. If it is not, theremight be a leak at the radiatorhoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump, or somewhere else in thecooling system.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if thecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fans

should be running. If they are not,the vehicle needs service. Turn offthe vehicle.

Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with GM PremixDEX-COOL engine coolant. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 335. The coolantrequires changing at certainintervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 327.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 250.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot but

(Continued)


246 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

there would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use GM Premix DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than apre-mix of DEX-COOL coolantthat meets GM StandardGMW3420 and deionized water.Anything else can cause damageto the hybrid cooling systemcomponents and the vehicle,which would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill line, add GMPremix DEX-COOL engine coolant.Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 250.

The coolant surge tank is on thedriver side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239.


Vehicle Care 247

The coolant level should be at orabove the cold fill line on thecoolant surge tank. If it is not, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causesystem damage. If coolant is notvisible in the hybrid surge tank(s),contact your dealer.

If coolant is needed, add the properGM Premix DEX-COOL enginecoolant at the coolant surge tank.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.


248 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line.

4. Replace the pressure cap. Besure the pressure cap ishand-tight and fully seated.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery)During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If the highvoltage battery cell temperaturerises above the normal operatingtemperature range, the batterycooling system turns on the airconditioning compressor and coolsthe coolant until the correct batterycell temperature is reached. If thehigh voltage battery cell temperaturefalls below the normal operatingtemperature range, a high voltageheater, located in the battery, heatsthe coolant until the correct batterycell temperature is reached.

During high voltage battery systemcooling, you may feel temperaturechanges at the air vents due to theextra load on the system.

What to Use

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir in the vehicle is filled withGM Premix DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 335. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 327.

Checking Coolant


The high voltage battery coolantreservoir is located in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239.


Vehicle Care 249

1. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

2. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe high voltage battery coolantreservoir (1). If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is below the coldfill line on the side of the reservoir,there could be a leak in the coolingsystem.

The high voltage battery coolingsystem supports the operation ofsensitive electronics that are criticalto vehicle operation.

The high voltage battery coolingsystem should only be serviced by aqualified technician.

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

The power electronics and chargermodules in the vehicle are keptbelow a maximum temperaturethreshold. If the coolant temperaturerises above this temperaturethreshold, the electric cooling fanswill turn on and cool the coolantuntil the correct temperature isreached.

What to Use

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir in thevehicle is filled with GM PremixDEX-COOL engine coolant. SeeRecommended Fluids and

Lubricants 0 335. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 327.

Checking Coolant


The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir is locatedin the engine compartment. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 239.


250 Vehicle Care

1. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

2. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe power electronics coolantreservoir (2). If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is below the coldfill line on the side of the reservoir,there could be a leak in the coolingsystem.

The power electronics coolingsystem supports the operation ofsensitive electronics.

The power electronics coolingsystem should only be serviced by aqualified technician.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 345.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the vehicle,and have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine when thereis a leak in the hybrid coolingsystem. This can cause a loss ofall coolant and can damage thesystem and the vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshield washerfluid to the vehicle, be sure to readthe manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehiclein an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.


Vehicle Care 251

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can

be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,


252 Vehicle Care

inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 339.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 239 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.


Vehicle Care 253

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 116.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 327.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 335.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery. The 12-volt battery is in therear hatch under the load floor.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair 0 348 andHigh Voltage Safety Information0 20. If an airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 70.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage battery or12-volt battery needs service. Thedealer has information on how torecycle the high voltage battery.There is also information availableat http://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive and prolongbattery life. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.


254 Vehicle Care

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 235 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 306 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to four weeks

. Plug in the high voltage batterycharge cord if temperatures willexceed 35 °C (95 °F) and keepthe 12-volt battery cablesconnected.

Four weeks to 12 months

. Discharge the high voltagebattery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the high voltagebattery charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt battery.Attach a trickle charger to thebattery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting - North America0 306 for the location of theseterminals.


Vehicle Care 255

Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using theincorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

Reconnecting the 12-Volt BlackNegative Cable

With the 12-volt black negative (−)cable disconnected, the hatchcannot be opened by pressing thehatch release button. If the hatch isclosed and latched after power hasbeen disconnected:

1. Use the door key to open thedriver door.

2. Manually unlock and open oneof the rear doors.

3. Lower one of the rearseatbacks.

4. Pull the load floor coverforward to access andreconnect the 12-volt batteryblack negative (−) cable.

5. After the cable has beenconnected, open the rear hatchand then tighten the cable.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate in ElectricMode. If this happens, the highvoltage battery may need to becharged.

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 185.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the vehicle off and thebrake not applied, press andhold POWER O for more thanfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. SeePower Button 0 171. Withoutapplying the regular brake, tryto move the shift lever out ofP (Park) with normal effort.If the shift lever moves out ofP (Park), contact your dealerfor service.


256 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

. To check the EPB's holdingability: With the propulsionsystem active and the electricdrive unit in N (Neutral), slowlyremove foot pressure from theregular brake pedal. Do this untilthe vehicle is held by theEPB only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the EPB followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule0 327.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 336.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.


Vehicle Care 257

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 327.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


258 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps

High-Beam Headlamps and TurnSignal Lamps

1. High-Beam Headlamp2. Turn Signal Lamp

To replace a high-beam headlampor turn signal lamp:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 237.

2. For the passenger side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

3. Remove the cover from theback of the headlampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise.


Vehicle Care 259

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

6. Install the new bulb in thesocket.

7. Install the bulb socket byturning it clockwise.

8. Install the cover in the back ofthe headlamp assembly byturning it clockwise.

9. For the passenger side,reinstall the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypushing it straight into thebottle.

Taillamps

Taillamp, Turn Signal, and ReverseLamps

1. Reverse Lamp2. Turn Signal Lamp3. Taillamp

To replace rear lamp bulbs:

1. Open the hatch.

2. Remove the two Torx® screwsand the other screw thatsecure the taillamp housing.

3. Pull the taillamp housing awayfrom the rear of the vehicle toremove.

4. Select the connector for thedesired bulb on the back of thetaillamp housing.

5. Turn the connectorcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the taillamp assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from thetaillamp assembly. Hold theconnector and pull on the bulbto disconnect it from the wiringharness.

7. Install a new bulb into thewiring connector.

8. Reinstall the connector byinserting it into the taillamphousing and turning clockwise.


260 Vehicle Care

9. Reinstall the taillamp housingby aligning the two pins (1) onthe back of the housing withthe rubber anchors in thevehicle body. Be sure to alignthe slot (2) on the housing withthe corresponding post on thevehicle body, and the plastictab (3) with the plastic slot onthe vehicle body.

10. Push until the housing fitssecurely in place and isfastened at all four locations.

11. Reinstall the two Torx® screwsand the other screw.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Press the spring clip on theright end of the lamp assemblyto the left to unlock the lampassembly.

2. Pull down on the lampassembly to remove it from thefascia.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket (1)and turn the bulb socket (1)clockwise to install it into thelamp assembly (3).

6. Reinstall the lamp assembly (3)into the fascia by inserting theleft side first.

7. Push the spring clip side intoplace.


Vehicle Care 261

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:

. Headlamp wiring

. Windshield wiper motor

. Power windows and other poweraccessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be

borrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.


262 Vehicle Care

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the side and back andpull the cover up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 263


264 Vehicle Care

A fuse puller is in the enginecompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 –

F02 –

F03 Non walk home

F04 Engine controlmodule

F05 Aeroshutter

F06 Traction powerinverter module 1

F07 Traction powerinverter module 2


F09 Air conditioningmodule

F10 Vehicle integrationcontrol module

F11 Electric brake boost

Fuses Usage

F12 Rechargeableenergy storagesystem

F13 Cabin heater controlmodule

F14 Coolant heatercontrol module

F15 Emissions

F16 Ignition coils


F18 –

F19 –

F20 Electric brake boost

F21 Windshield wipermotor

F22 Antilock brakesystem pump

F23 Windshieldwasher pump

F24 –

F25 –

Fuses Usage

F26 –

F27 Antilock brakesystem module

F28 Left power window

F29 Rear windowdefogger

F30 Heated mirrors

F31 –

F32 Variable functions

F33 –

F34 Horn

F35 Coolantrechargeable energystoragesystem pump

F36 Right high-beamheadlamp

F37 Left high-beamheadlamp

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –


Vehicle Care 265

Fuses Usage

F41 Miscellaneous run/Crank

F42 Run/Crank 3

F43 –

F44 Voltage currenttemperature modulerun/Crank

F45 Heated steeringwheel

F46 Vehicle integrationcontrol module run/Crank

F47 –

F48 –

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Engine controlmodule/Tractionpower invertermodule

F53 Left cooling fan

Fuses Usage

F54 Right cooling fan

F55 Electric pump

F56 –

F57 –

Relays Usage

K01 –

K02 –

K03 Engine controlmodule

K04 –

K05 –

K06 –

K07 –

K08 –

K09 –

K10 –

K11 –

K12 High-beamheadlamps

K13 –

Relays Usage

K14 Run/Crank

K15 Rear windowdefogger

K16 Horn PCB relay

K17 –

K18 –

K19 Coolant pump PCBrelay

K20 –

K21 –

K22 Front washer

K23 –


266 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the left side of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door by pulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the toptab first, then push the door backinto its original location.


Vehicle Care 267


268 Vehicle Care


The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 –

F3 –

F4 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningblower

F5 Body controlmodule 2

F6 –

F7 CGM


F9 Fuel power pumpmodule

F10 –

F11 –

F12 –

Fuses Usage

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Data link connector


F19 Cluster




F23 OnStar

F24 Airbag

F25 Display

F26 Infotainment Videobypass module

F27 –

F28 –

Fuses Usage

F29 Overhead console

F30 Radio

F31 Steering wheelcontrols


F33 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioning/Integrated light solarsensor

F34 Passive entry/Passive start

F35 Rear closure

F36 Charger

F37 –

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 –


Vehicle Care 269

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Front auxiliary poweroutlet

CB2 Rear auxiliary poweroutlet

Relays Usage

R1 –

R2 Retained accessorypower

R3 Hatch

R4 –

R5 –

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isin the center of the rearcompartment under the load floor.Open the rear load floor door and togain access the fuse block.

To access the fuses, press the tabson the sides and pull the cover up.To reinstall the cover, insert the tabsfirst, then push the cover down.


270 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 271


The vehicle may not have all of thefuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 –

F3 –

F4 –

F5 Pedestrianprotection

F6 On-board chargermodule

F7 Front heated seat

F8 Front heated seat

F9 Driver door/Mirrorswitches

F10 –

F11 Amplifier

F12 Steering wheelswitch backlighting

F13 –

F14 –

Fuses Usage

F15 –

F16 –

F17 –

F18 –

F19 Obstacle detection

F20 Fuel

F21 Rear heated seat

F22 Right powerwindows

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 –

K3 –

K4 –

K5 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 167.

(Continued)


272 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 272.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered


Vehicle Care 273

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 286.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 215/50R17size tires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.


274 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 288.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven at


Vehicle Care 275

speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 305 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 291.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 279.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.


276 Vehicle Care

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tire

is certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electricdrive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 279.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the


Vehicle Care 277

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 167.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 167.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 167.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits 0 167.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.


278 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 279 andVehicle Load Limits 0 167.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 285.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 288.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 167.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 167.


Vehicle Care 279

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 167.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 305.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, no


280 Vehicle Care

further adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire


Vehicle Care 281

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMS

sensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 167.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire

pressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 167, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 279.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 284, Tire Rotation 0 284 and Tires0 271.


282 Vehicle Care

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 292 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the

low tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing the

sensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 286.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. See


Vehicle Care 283

your dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecomes on and stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool at

www.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Power Button0 171.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Settings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensor


284 Vehicle Care

identification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 327.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 285 and WheelReplacement 0 289.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and


Vehicle Care 285

Loading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 279 andVehicle Load Limits 0 167.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 281.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 339.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 284 and TireRotation 0 284.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.


286 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC spec numberwill be followed by MS, for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 273.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adversely

affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 284. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 287

Warning (Continued)

Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tire on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could fail

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

suddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.

The Tire and LoadingInformation Label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 167.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 286 andAccessories and Modifications0 236.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,

compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on


Vehicle Care 289

specified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of

performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or the

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, and offset, andshould be mounted the same wayas the one it replaces.


290 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


Vehicle Care 291

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 271. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used for

(Continued)


292 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

anything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 148.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 299. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 292.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust may

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 293

Warning (Continued)

enter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tire

sealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge


294 Vehicle Care

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 148.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 299.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.


Vehicle Care 295

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 103.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 279.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor


296 Vehicle Care

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the


Vehicle Care 297

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 148.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.


298 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 299.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 103.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 279.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 299

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the hatch. See Hatch0 44.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire ChangingA spare tire is available from yourdealer.

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the hatch.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Remove the retainer strap (1)from the right forward mostD-ring (2).


300 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the retainer nut (3)counterclockwise to remove thespare tire.

Place the spare tire next to thetire being changed.

5. Lift the load floor to access thejack (3) and wrench bag (1).

6. Remove the hook (2) from thejack (3).

7. Remove the retainer straps (4).

8. Remove the jack (3) andwrench bag (1) and place themnear the tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 291.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

4. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 301

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

5. Attach the jack wrench to thejack by fitting both ends of thejack and tool over one another.

6. Place the jack under thevehicle.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.


302 Vehicle Care

7. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire. The location is indicatedby a notch on the bottom edgeof the body side. The jack mustnot be used in any otherposition.

8. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off the

ground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.

9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

10. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 303

Warning (Continued)

rust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

11. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

12. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

14. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 339 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 339 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


304 Vehicle Care

15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

16. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

1. Lift the load floor and place thejack and wrench bag in theiroriginal storage location.

Secure them with the retainerstraps and attach the hook tothe jack.

2. Close the load floor.

3. Place the flat tire over thebolt (1) and through one of thebolt holes with the valve stemfacing down.

4. Route the retainer strap (4)through the wheel, as shown.

5. Attach the retainer strap (4) tothe right forward mostD-ring (3).

6. Tighten the retainer strap (4).

7. Turn the retainer nut (2)clockwise to secure the tire.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size road tire assoon as you can.


Vehicle Care 305

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread of

the spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


306 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaJump starting is connecting jumpercables between the two vehicles toenable vehicle starting. If the Volt oranother vehicle has a run-down12-volt battery, it can be jumpstarted using good condition jumpercables. There are differentprocedures depending on if the Volthas a run-down battery or anothervehicle has a run-down battery.Read the appropriate proceduresthat follow.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 235 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

{ Warning

Electric fans can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fans.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by the

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 307

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

Jump Starting the Volt

If the Volt will not start, the 12-voltbattery may be run down. To jumpstart the Volt use the underhoodremote positive (+) and negative (−)terminals.

1. Remote Positive (+)Terminal

2. Remote Negative (−)Terminal

1. The other vehicle used to jumpstart the Volt must have a12-volt battery with a negativeground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn the ignition off on theother vehicle. Turn off theradio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.


308 Vehicle Care

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on theother vehicle.

5. Open the hood to locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminals on your Volt. Openthe access cover for theremote positive (+) terminal (1).The remote negative (−)terminal (2) for the Volt is astud GND (−) on the driver sideof the engine compartment.

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to negative (−)battery terminal or a remotenegative (−) terminal ifavailable. Do not connectpositive (+) to negative (−) or

there will be a short that maydamage the battery and otherparts of the vehicle.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal (1) of yourVolt. Do not let the other end ofthe cable touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal of theother vehicle.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to thenegative (−) battery terminal ofthe other vehicle battery. Donot let the other end touchanything until the next step.

4. Connect the other end of theblack negative (−) jumper cableto the remote negative (−)terminal (2) of your Volt.

5. Press POWER O to start. Thiswill wake up the electronics onthe Volt. After the instrumentcluster initializes, the Volt willuse power from the highvoltage battery to charge the12-volt battery. The jumpercables can then bedisconnected. If the Volt doesnot start, call your dealer orRoadside Assistance. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 345.


Vehicle Care 309

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle with the goodbattery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Jump Starting Another Vehicle

When using the Volt to jump startanother vehicle with a run-downbattery, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rear cargoarea. Do not use the remoteterminals under the hood. Thiscould cause a fuse to overload inthe Volt.

1. Positive (+) Terminal2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.


310 Vehicle Care

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn offthe radio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminalson the Volt. The 12-volt batteryis under the load floor in the

rear cargo area. Open theaccess covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to remotenegative (−) terminal ifavailable, or a heavy,unpainted metal engine part ora solid engine ground on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or there will be ashort that may damage thebattery or other parts of thevehicle. Do not connect thenegative (−) cable to the

negative (−) terminal on therun-down battery because thiscan cause sparks.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal of the other vehiclewith the run-down battery. Usea remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Do not let the otherend touch metal.


Vehicle Care 311

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) battery terminalof the Volt.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to thenegative (−) battery terminal ofthe Volt. Do not let the otherend touch anything until thenext step.

4. Make the final connection to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to the remotenegative (−) terminal on theother vehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Press POWER O to start theVolt. This will wake up theelectronics on the Volt. Theengine will only start if it isneeded.

6. Try to start the other vehiclethat had the run-down battery.If it will not start after a fewtries, it probably needs service.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle that had therun-down battery. Do not let theother end of the cable touchanything until after thenext step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt. Donot let the other end of thecable touch anything until afterthe next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck fortowing a disabled vehicle. Neveruse a sling type lift or damage willoccur. Use ramps to help reduceapproach angles if necessary.A towed vehicle should have itsdrive wheels off the ground. Consulta professional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.


312 Vehicle Care

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To load a vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier:

1. The vehicle must be on a flatsurface.

2. The front tires must be properlyinflated. If necessary, move arear tire to the front to replacea flat or damaged tire.If equipped, use the spare tireto replace a flat ordamaged tire.

3. Remove the tow eye bolt fromthe rear storage area.

4. Remove the front bumper toweye cover.

5. Screw the tow eye bolt into thebumper.

The tow cable can hook intothe tow eye bolt and pull thevehicle onto the flatbed towtruck.

6. Ramps are required for thefront fascia to clear the flatbed.

Caution

If ramps are not used, the frontfascia will come into contact withthe flatbed and may causedamage. Always use ramps.

7. Use the proper nylon strapharnesses around the tires tosecure them to the flatbed carcarrier.


Vehicle Care 313

8. If the car is parked at an angleso that the front toe eye cannotbe accessed, wrap a tow straparound both of the rear trailingarms and pull the vehicle ontoa flat surface. Do not wrap thetow strap around the reartorque tube.

Caution

When using tow straps to movethe vehicle, damage may occur ifthe tow straps contact the rearfascia. Do not let the tow strapscontact the rear fascia.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 313.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle can betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Whether the vehicle has theproper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Whether the vehicle is ready tobe towed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to theelectric drive unit. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If using a shield,only use one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.


314 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the driveunit could be damaged. Repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow thevehicle with all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe information on dolly towingfollowing.

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake and turnthe vehicle off.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollywith a lash over the tire. Do notlash though the wheel.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Check for adequate rear fasciato ground clearance.


Vehicle Care 315

Dolly Towing from the Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rear,with the front wheels on theground, could damage the driveunit, and front fascia. Do not towthe vehicle from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 335.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


316 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 317

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Front Air Deflector

With Tabs Shown, Without TabsSimilar

1. Outer Air Deflector2. Inner Air Deflector3. Tab4. Slot

The front air deflector directs theairflow under the vehicle.

If the air deflector has tabs and theybecome detached, insert the tabinto the slot. Repeat for theother side.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lensesemblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


318 Vehicle Care. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

If equipped, the aero shutter systemis designed to help increase fueleconomy. Keep the front area of thevehicle clean and free from ice,snow, or debris for proper operation.Wash with warm water to clear anysnow or ice buildup.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshield

thoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 335.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.


Vehicle Care 319

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. These

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

chlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, hatch/liftgate hinges,and the steel fuel door hinge unlessthe components are plastic.Applying silicone grease on


320 Vehicle Care

weatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. Refer to “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.


Vehicle Care 321. Never rub any surface

aggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use cleaners containingsolvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth


322 Vehicle Care

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 323

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


324 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 325

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 325

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 327

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 337

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


326 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 167.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 228.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain

. Frequently towing a trailer

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 236.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 240.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 279.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 284.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 250.

. Engine, power electronics, andhigh voltage battery packcoolant level checks.See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

Engine Oil Change

Every 24 months or when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays, change theengine oil and filter as soon aspossible, within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery 24 months. After each oil andfilter change, the oil life system mustbe reset. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 242. More frequentchanges may be required when thevehicle is exposed to a corrosiveenvironment, such as areas of highhumidity, along an ocean coast,and/or areas that apply road saltduring winter.

Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 284.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 240 andEngine Oil Life System 0 242.

. Check engine coolant level.See Cooling System (Engine)0 245 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 250.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 315. Replace worn or



damaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 256.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 279.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 284.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 243.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 315.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 315.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 63.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 315.

. Check electric drive unit shiftlock control function. SeeElectric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check 0 255.

. Check parking brake and electricdrive unit mechanism. See ParkBrake and P (Park) MechanismCheck 0 256.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 257.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 292.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first.See Cooling System (Engine) 0 245or Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) 0 248 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 252.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.



(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first.See Cooling System (Engine) 0 245or Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) 0 248 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 252.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 315.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.


Service and Maintenance 333. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 335 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs



of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 320 andExterior Care 0 315.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Brake Hydraulic System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19299819).

Electric Drive Unit DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine, High Voltage Battery, andPower Electronics Cooling Systems

Use Only Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, inCanada 10953456).See Cooling System (Engine) 0 245 or Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) 0 248 or Cooling System (Power Electronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 240.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and HatchHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23437180 A3217C

Cabin Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Engine Oil Filter 12640445 PF64

Spark Plugs 12637197 41-124

Wiper Blades

Left – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23251330 —

Right – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23251332 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


338 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 340

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 339 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


Technical Data 339

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 335 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

Engine 7.0 L 7.4 qt

High Voltage Battery 4.2 L 4.5 qt

Power Electronics 4.8 L 5.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt

Fuel Tank 33.7 L 8.9 gal

Electric Drive Unit 6.75 L 7.13 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.


340 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Electric Drive Unit Spark Plug Gap

1.5L L4 5 Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing


Customer Information 341

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 344Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 344GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 348Service Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 353OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 354

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


342 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-877-486-5846. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600 , Arlington, VA 22201Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware of



its participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-877-486-58461-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-811-1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user in

the U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner's manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar VehicleDiagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 338.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.


Customer Information 345. Retrieve your favorite articles,

quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner's manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926;(Text Telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438).

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.



General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest certified Volt or ELRdealer for warranty service, or ifthe vehicle was in a crash andcannot be driven. Assistance isnot given when the vehicle isstuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

Emergency towing may becovered during the ExtendedVehicle (EV) warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the tiresealant and compressor kit.If the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a largepuncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effectiveand the vehicle will have to betowed. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,

rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 mi.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific to CanadianVehicles. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle

registration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km (93 mi) from where thetrip was started to qualify.



Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment. Itemsconsidered are hotel, meals, andrental car or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 800 km.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner's responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), andextended powertrain in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.



Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed



appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent

collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by using

aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its position



puts you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 345.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery - North America 0 253for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 70.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. SeeBattery -North America 0 253 and HighVoltage Safety Information 0 20 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision parts

be original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.



Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, electric drive unit, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner’s Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner’s Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 to$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner’sManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Service and Owner Publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170



In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.



These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 361.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 355

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


356 OnStar

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 357

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


358 OnStar

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile app. Makethese passwords different fromeach other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi orSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.


OnStar 359

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

myChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s energy level,range or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

. Set the climate control settings.

For myChevrolet mobile appinformation and compatibility, seewww.my.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar service plan,compatible device, factory-installedremote start, and power locks arerequired. Data rates apply. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”


360 OnStar

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics provides away to keep up on maintenance.Capabilities vary by model. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations. Message anddata rates may apply. AdvancedDiagnostics requires an activeOnStar paid service plan, e-mailaddress on file, and enrollment inAdvanced Diagnostics.

Includes:

. Diagnostic Alerts: Setpreferences to receive real-timee-mails, texts, or monthly reportsof the vehicle’s health. Or

pressQ to have an Advisorinitiate a remote diagnosticreport.

. Proactive Alerts: Receive areal-time e-mail or text messageregarding potential issues withkey vehicle components, suchas the battery, fuel system,or starter system. Alerts forpotential issues appear on theinfotainment display. ProactiveAlerts are designed to helppredict specific types of issuesbased on information collectedfrom the vehicle. Other factorsmay affect vehicle performance.Not all issues will deliver alerts.In some cases, a dealer servicecheck may be required toconfirm the accuracy of thealerts.


OnStar 361. Dealer Maintenance Notification:

Have the vehicle notify yourpreferred dealer when it is timefor maintenance. Your dealer willthen contact you to set up anappointment.

To begin, pressQ to speak to anAdvisor, or see www.onstar.com.

OnStar AdditionalInformationOnStar Smart Driver

OnStar Smart Driver providesinformation about driving behavior tohelp maximize overall vehicleperformance, reduce wear and tear,and enhance fuel efficiency. AnInsurance Discounts Eligibilityfeature is also offered within OnStarSmart Driver. See www.onstar.comfor details regarding vehicleeligibility and system limitations.OnStar, General Motors, and theiraffiliates are not insuranceproviders. Obtain insurance onlyfrom licensed insurance providers.

In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,


362 OnStar

Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar

services. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To


OnStar 363

change the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items over

or near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 232. Added electrical


364 OnStar

equipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehicle

system status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS OR


OnStar 365

IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document

should be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be held

liable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as the


366 OnStar

normal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 367

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 193Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 232Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 243Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Passenger Sensing System . . . .71What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .66

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Passenger Status Indicator . . . .113Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 209

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 185

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 201

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 153Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43


368 Index

Automatic (cont'd)Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Battery - North America . . . .253, 306Battery Gauge

High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 256Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .116

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 187

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 171Bulb Replacement

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 260Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102California

Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 229Perchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236California

Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .235, 253, 306,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 97Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Charging

Delay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Electrical Requirements . . . . . . 227Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Charging (cont'd)Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . 215Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 114Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .79Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 92Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 348Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96


Index 369

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 292Connections

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Control

Traction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Coolant

Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Cooling System . . . . . . .245, 248, 249Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Cover

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 193Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Customer InformationService Publications

Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 351Customer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 348Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 354OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 353Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Delayed Charging Override . . . . . 215Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Diagnostics

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Door

Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 340Drive Unit

Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 200Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . 111Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Driver Selected Operating

Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Driving

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 205Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 165If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 167Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 163Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 167Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


370 Index

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Electric Drive Unit Shift Lock

Control Function Check . . . . . . . 255Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 185Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 117Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Electrical Requirements for

Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 262Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Emergency

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Energy Efficiency

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Engine

Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Engine (cont'd)Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 239Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Cooling System . . . . . 245, 248, 249Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 183

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 353Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . . 177Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 145

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 243Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 148

Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Fluid

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 207Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 121Requirements, California . . . . . 229

Function CheckElectric Drive Unit Shift

Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255


Index 371

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 262Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Gauges

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 325Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 148Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 122

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . 110High Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 165Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 187Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Indicator

Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Information

Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 49Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .32Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30


372 Index

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 273Lamps

Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 147Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 209Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 211Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 118Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Lighting (cont'd)LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .116Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .117Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 120Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 120Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147Hold Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Mountain Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .112Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Lights (cont'd)StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 121Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 327


Index 373

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 114Messages

Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 49Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 118

NNavigation

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 171

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Oil

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 242Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 77Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 344OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 358OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Ordering

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 351

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

ParkingBrake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 256Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 175

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Parking or Backing

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 201Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 71Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . 100Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 236Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


374 Index

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Power

Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 174Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 63Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 353Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 347Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . 123Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 253, 306,

Back CoverPropulsion Power Messages . . . 136

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 351Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Rear Seats (cont'd)Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 201Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 313Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 187Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 77Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd)General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . 227

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 340Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 352General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Safety Signal

Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 347


Index 375

Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .64Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .63

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 90, 92Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

ServiceAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 236Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 337

Service (cont'd)Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Parts Identification Label . . . . . 338Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 347

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Shifting

Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 209Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Special Application Services . . . . 332Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Starting and Stopping the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Status Screens

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 96Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205


376 Index

System (cont'd)Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 354

System OperationElectric Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

TTaillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 344Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 47

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Pressure Monitor Operation . . 281Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 280

Tires (cont'd)Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Terminology and Definitions . . 276Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 232Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 313Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

TractionControl System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 288Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Utility Interruption of

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Identification Number (VIN) . . . 338Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . 172Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 119Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 299


Index 377

Vehicle Care (cont'd)Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 261

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .116Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . .211

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 289Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 83Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Windows (cont'd)Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 256Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 261

23380516 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai 1 9/28/2017 10:26:26 AM18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai 1 9/28/2017 10:26:26 AM

00-Introduction en US 1. · 18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai ... and the VOLT logo are...

Documents

Transcript of 00-Introduction en US 1. · 18_CHEV_Volt_COV_en_US_23380516B_2017OCT03.ai ... and the VOLT logo are...